#. extracted from helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-07-20 11:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-07-06 13:27+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Anonymous Pootle User\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: ne\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1467811679.000000\n"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Positioning Objects"
msgstr "वस्तुहरू स्थित गर्दा"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">Positioning Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">वस्तुहरू अवस्थित गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3147251\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:"
msgstr "कागजातमा एउटा वस्तु, ग्राफिक, वा फ्रेम अवस्थित गर्न तपाईँ एङ्करहरू प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ । एङ्कर गरिएको वस्तु स्थानमा रहन्छ, कागजात परिमार्जन गर्दा सर्दछ । निम्न एङ्करिङ विकल्प उपलब्ध छन्:"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145599\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchoring"
msgstr "एङ्कर गर्दै"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145622\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Effect"
msgstr "प्रभाव"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145650\n"
"help.text"
msgid "As character"
msgstr "क्यारेक्टरको रूपमा"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3151181\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased."
msgstr "हालको पाठमा क्यारेक्टरको रूपमा चयन भएको वस्तु एङ्कर गर्दछ । हालको फन्ट साइज भन्दा यदि चयन गरिएको वस्तुको उचाइ बढी छ भने, वस्तु समाविष्ट भएको रेखाको उचाइ वृद्धि हुन्छ ।"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_idN10674\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it \"as character\", then center the paragraph."
msgstr "एउटा HTML पृष्ठमा एउटा छवि केन्द्र गर्न, छवि घुसाउनुहोस्, \"as character\" एङ्कर गर्नुहोस्, त्यसपछि अनुच्छेद केन्द्र गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3151212\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To character"
msgstr "क्यारेक्टरमा"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3151235\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to a character."
msgstr "क्यारेक्टरमा चयन गरिएका वस्तु एङ्कर गर्दछ ।"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155071\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To paragraph"
msgstr "अनुच्छेदमा"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155094\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph."
msgstr "हालको अनुच्छेदमा चयन गरिएका चीज एङ्कर गर्दछ ।"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155122\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To page"
msgstr "पृष्ठमा"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155144\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current page."
msgstr "हालको पृष्ठमा चयन गरिएका चीज एङ्कर गर्दछ ।"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145674\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To frame"
msgstr "फ्रेममा"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145697\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame."
msgstr "वरिपरि फ्रेममा चयन गरिएका चीज एङ्कर गर्दछ ।"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145715\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> submenu."
msgstr "जब तपाईँ वस्तु घुसाउनुहुन्छ, ग्राफिक, वा फ्रेम, एङ्कर प्रतिमा देखिन्छ जहाँ चीज एङ्कर हुन्छ । अर्को स्थानमा वस्तु तानेर तपाईँ एङ्कर गरिएको वस्तु अवस्थित गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ । एउटा वस्तुको एङ्करिङ विकल्प परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि, वस्तुमा दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>एङ्कर </emph>उपमेनुबाट विकल्प रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator"
msgstr "नेभिगेटर प्रयोग गरेर कागजात फेरि मिलाउँदा"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149973\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>promoting heading levels</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149973\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Arranging Chapters in the Navigator</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">नेभिगेटरमा अध्यायहरू मिलाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3147795\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels</emph> list."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3145652\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
msgstr "कागजातको शीर्षकमा पाठ कर्सर द्रुत लैजान,<emph>नेभिगेटर </emph>सूचीमा शीर्षकमा डबल-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155461\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, double-click its frame while holding the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document"
msgstr "कागजातमा माथि वा तल शीर्षक सार्न"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id0915200809400790\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are shown."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3151206\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>मानक पट्टीमा</emph>,<emph> नेभिगेटर</emph> प्रतिमा खोल्नका लागि<image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\" width=\"5.64mm\" height=\"5.64mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">प्रतिमा</alt></image> नेभिगेटर <emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस्</emph>."

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3151238\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/res/sc20244.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155089\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
msgstr "<emph>नेभिगेटर </emph>सूचीमा नयाँ स्थानमा शीर्षक तान्नुहोस् ।"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155139\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> <image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/res/sc20174.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id4217546\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/res/sc20171.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id6505788\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3145758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icons."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading"
msgstr "शीर्षकको तह प्रवर्धन गर्न वा अवनत गर्न"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155424\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
msgstr "<emph>नेभिगेटर </emph>सूचीमा शीर्षक चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_idN1081C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Promote Level</emph> <image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/res/sc20172.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5564488\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Level</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/res/sc20173.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159363\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155525\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed"
msgstr "प्रदर्शन गरिएको शीर्षक तहहरूको सङ्ख्या परिवर्तन गर्न"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3151352\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/res/sc20236.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151310\">Icon</alt></image>, and then select a number from the list."
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type"
msgstr "तपाईँले टाइप गर्नु भएको जस्तै क्रमाङ्कन वा गोलिचिन्ह सूचीहरू सिर्जना गरिँदै"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; lists, while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bullet lists;creating while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lists;automatic numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbers;lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic bullets/numbers; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bullets; using automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; automatic numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\">तपाईँले टाइप गरेको अनुसार सङ्ख्या दिइएको वा गोली चिन्ह सूचीहरू सिर्जना गरिँदै</link></variable>"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155525\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type."
msgstr "$[officename] ले तपाईँ टाइप गरे अनुसार स्वत: क्रमाङ्कन वा गोलीचिन्हहरू लागू गर्न सक्दछ ।"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154243\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting"
msgstr "स्वत: क्रमाङ्कन र गोलिचिन्ह सक्षम पार्दै"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3152830\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, and then select “Bulleted and numbered lists”."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - स्वत:सुधार</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , <emph>विकल्प</emph> ट्याबहरू क्लिक गर्नुहोस् , र <emph>क्रमाङ्कन लागू गर्नुहोस् - प्रतीक </emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3152867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - स्वत:ढाँचा</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , र <emph>टाइप गरेको बेला</emph> चयन गरिएको कुरा निश्चित गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id2357860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the \"Default\", \"Text body\", or \"Text body indent\" paragraph style."
msgstr ""

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type"
msgstr "तपाईँले टाइप गरेको बेला सङ्ख्या दिइएको वा गोलिचिन्ह सिर्जना गर्न"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147773\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i)."
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कन सूची सुरु गर्न १., i., वा I. टाइप गर्नुहोस् । गोलिचिन्ह दिइएको सूची सुरु गर्न * वा - टाइप गर्नुहोस् । अवधिको सट्टा सङ्ख्या पछि तपाईँ दायाँ प्यारेन्थेसिस पनि टाइप गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ , उदाहरणका लागि, १) वा i) ।"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147794\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet."
msgstr "खाली स्थान प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस्, तपाईँको पाठ टाइप गर्नुहोस्, र प्रविष्टि थिच्नुहोस् । नयाँ अनुच्छेदले स्वत: अर्को सङ्ख्या वा गोलिचिन्ह प्राप्त गर्दछ ।"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147814\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter again to finish the list."
msgstr "सूची समाप्त गर्न प्रविष्टि फेरि थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147287\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can start a numbered list with any number."
msgstr "तपाईँ क्रमाङ्कन सूची कुनै सङ्ख्या सँग सुरु गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3154083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\">ढाँचा - गोलिचिन्हहरू र क्रमाङ्कन</link>"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning Off AutoCorrect"
msgstr "स्वत:ढाँचा र स्वत:सुधार बन्द गर्दा"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147812\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">स्वत:ढाँचा र स्वत:सुधार बन्द गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3147833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type."
msgstr "पूर्वनिर्धारितबाट, $[officename] स्वत: थुप्रै टाइपिङ त्रुटिहरू सुधार गर्दछ र तपाईँले टाइप गरेको बेला ढाँचा लागू गर्दछ ।"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_idN1081B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z."
msgstr "स्वत: सुधार वा पूर्णता द्रुत पूर्वस्थितिमा फर्काउन, थिच्नुहोस् <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_idN10846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>."
msgstr "टाइप गरेका बेला धेरैजसो स्वत:ढाँचा सुविधाहरू बन्द गर्नका लागि, मेनु <emph>ढाँचा- स्वत:ढाँचा - टाइप गर्दा</emph>हटाउनुहोस् ।"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147251\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr "स्वत:सुधार सूचीबाट शव्द हटाउनुहोस्:"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3147274\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - स्वत:सुधार</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3145596\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>प्रतिस्थापन</emph> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3145620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove."
msgstr "<emph>स्वत:सुधार</emph> सूचीमा, हटाउन चाहनु भएको शव्द जोडा चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3145645\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>मेट्नुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145668\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks"
msgstr "बदलिएका उद्धरण चिन्हहरू रोक्नका लागि:"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3151196\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - स्वत:सुधार</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3151220\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab"
msgstr "<emph>अनुकूल उद्धरणहरू</emph> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस्"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3151245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the \"Replace\" check box(es)."
msgstr "<emph>प्रतिस्थापन</emph> जाँच बाकस(हरू) खाली गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155076\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence"
msgstr "वाक्यको पहिलो अक्षर ठूलो पार्न रोक्नका लागि:"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - स्वत:सुधार</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>विकल्प</emph> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155148\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the \"Capitalize first letter of every sentence\" check box."
msgstr "<emph>प्रत्येक वाक्यको पहिलो अक्षर ठूलो पार्नुहोस्</emph> जाँच बाकस खाली गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155401\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters"
msgstr "तपाईँले तीन उस्तै क्यारेक्टरहरू टाइप गर्दा एउटा लाइन रेखाचित्र रोक्नका लागि:"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #"
msgstr "जब तपाईँले तलका तीन क्यारेक्टरहरू टाइप गर्नुहुन्छ र प्रविष्टि थिच्दा: - _ = * ~ # , $[officename] स्वत: एउटा चित्र कोर्दछ"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155439\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - स्वत:सुधार</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155463\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>विकल्प</emph> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155488\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the \"Apply border\" check box."
msgstr "<emph>किनारा लागू गर्नुहोस्</emph> जाँच बाकस खाली गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatically Check Spelling"
msgstr "स्वाचालित तरीकाले हिज्जे परिक्षण गर्नुहोस्"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck;Automatic Spell Checking on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>हिज्जे परिक्षण;स्वत:हिज्जे परिक्षण सुरु/बन्द</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>स्वत:हिज्जे परिक्षण</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>हिज्जे जाँच गर्दा;टाइप गरेको बेला</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठ;हिज्जे जाँच बिना</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>शव्दहरू;हिज्जे परिक्षण असक्षम गर्दा</bookmark_value>"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\">Automatically Check Spelling</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\">स्वचालित हिज्जे जाँच गर्नुहोस्</link></variable>"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3154664\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line."
msgstr "एउटा वेभी लाइन सँगै तपाईँले सम्भाव्य गलतहिज्जे शब्दहरू टाइप वा कच गर्दा तपाईँले  $[officename] स्वचालित हिज्जेजाँच गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type"
msgstr "तपाईँले टाइप गरेको बेला हिज्जे जाँच गर्न:"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3155531\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Automatic Spell Checking</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3155569\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu."
msgstr "रातो वेभी कच सँग एउटा शब्द दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र सूचीबाट वा <emph>स्वत:सुधार </emph>उपमेनुबाट सुझाव प्रतिस्थापन शव्द रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you choose a word from the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Replace</item> tab."
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>."
msgstr "तपाईँ <emph>थप गर्नुहोस्</emph> छनोट गरेर तपाईँको अनुकूल शब्दकोशमा कच गरिएको शव्द थप गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147220\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck"
msgstr "हिज्जे परिक्षणबाट शव्दहरू निकाल्न:"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the words that you want to exclude."
msgstr "तपाईँले झिक्न चाहनु भएको शव्दहरू चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147282\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu."
msgstr "दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र <emph> क्यारेक्टर</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3145602\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose \"None (Do not check spelling)\"."
msgstr ""

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3145648\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\">Creating a new dictionary.</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\">नयाँ शव्दकोष सिर्जना गर्दा ।</link>"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr "स्वत:सुधार सूचीमा अपवादहरू थप गरिँदै"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"bm_id3152887\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>स्वत:सुधार प्रकार्य; अपवादहरू थप गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अपवादहरू; स्वत:सुधार प्रकार्य</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>संक्षेपण</bookmark_value>"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152887\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\">स्वत:सुधार सूचीमा अपवादहरू थप गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3154254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters."
msgstr "निश्चित संक्षेपण सुधारबाट तपाईँ स्वत:सुधार बचाउन सक्नुहुन्छ जसले ठूला अक्षरहरू र सानो अक्षरहरू मिश्रण गरेको छ ।"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3155576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Exceptions</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - स्वत:सुधार</emph> रोज्नुहोस्, र त्यसपछि <emph>अपवाद </emph>ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3147762\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3147786\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>संक्षेपणहरू (ठुला अनुगमन छैन) </emph>बाकसमा एउटा अवधिद्वारा पछ्याईएको संक्षेपण टाइप गर्नुहोस् र <emph>नयाँ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3147812\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>TWo INitial CApitals सहितको शव्दहरू </emph>बाकसमा शव्द टाइप गर्नुहोस् र <emph>नयाँ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3144875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list."
msgstr "स्वत:सुधार परिवर्तन द्रुत पूर्वस्थितिमा फर्काउनका लागि, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z थिच्नुहोस् । यसले शव्द वा संक्षेपण थप गर्दछ जुन तपाईँले स्वत:सुधार अपवादहरू सूचीमा टाइप गर्नु भएको थियो ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using AutoText"
msgstr "स्वत:पाठ प्रयोग गर्दा"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155521\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155521\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Using AutoText</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">स्वत:पाठ प्रयोग गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3150534\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text."
msgstr "$[officename] राइटरमा, तपाईँ पाठ सङ्ग्रह गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ - ग्राफिक्स, तालिकाहरू, र फाँटहरू - स्वत:पाठ जस्तै पनि समावेश गर्दछ, त्यसैले तपाईँ द्रुत पाठ घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ । यदि तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ भने, तपाईँ ढाँचा गरिएको पाठ पनि सङ्ग्रह गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155539\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create an AutoText Entry"
msgstr "स्वत:पाठ प्रविष्टि सिर्जना गर्दा"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155560\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character."
msgstr "स्वत:पाठ प्रविष्टिको रूपमा तपाईँले बचत गर्न चाहनु भएको पाठ, ग्राफिक्स सँग पाठ, तालिका, वा फाँट चयन गर्नुहोस् । ग्राफिक मात्र सङ्ग्रह हुन सक्छ यदि यो क्यारेक्टरको रूपमा एङ्कर हुन्छ भने यदि यो क्यारेक्टरको रूपमा एङ्कर हुन्छ भने र यो सुचारु हुन्छ र कम्तिमा एक पाठ क्यारेक्टरद्वारा अनुगमन गरिन्छ ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155581\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoText</item>."
msgstr "<item type=\"menuitem\">फाइल - निर्यात</item>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3147761\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the category where you want to store the AutoText."
msgstr "कोटि चयन गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ स्वत:पाठ बचत गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3147779\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut."
msgstr "चार क्यारेक्टर भन्दा लामो नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस् । यसले तपाईँलाई <emph>स्वत:पाठ विकल्प टाइप गरेको बेला</emph>सुझावको रूपमा नामहरूको बाँकी प्रदर्शन गर्न अनुमति दिन्छ। यदि तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ भने, तपाईँ प्रस्तावित सर्टकट परिमार्जन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3147807\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>स्वत:पाठ</emph> बटन क्लिक गर्नुहोस् , र <emph>नयाँ</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_idN10732\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Close</emph> button."
msgstr "<emph>बन्द</emph> बटन क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147282\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert an AutoText Entry"
msgstr "स्वत:पाठ प्रविष्टि घुसाउँदा"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145597\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ स्वत:पाठ प्रविष्टि घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145615\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\"><emph>Tools - AutoText</emph></link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\"><emph>सम्पादन - स्वत:पाठ</emph></link>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
msgstr "स्वत:पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ, र <emph> घुसाउनुहोस्</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145668\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoText</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry."
msgstr "स्वत:पाठ प्रविष्टिका लागि तपाईँ सर्टकट पनि टाइप गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, र F3 थिच्नुहोस्, वा <emph>स्वत:पाठ </emph>प्रतिमा पछिको <emph>घुसाउने</emph> पट्टीमा बाँण क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र स्वत:पाठ प्रविष्टि रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155090\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type=\"literal\">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type=\"literal\">dt</item>, and then press F3."
msgstr "द्रुत %PRODUCTNAME हिसाब सूत्र प्रविष्टि गर्न, \"FN\" टाइप गर्नुहोस्, र F3 थिच्नुहोस् । यदि तपाईँले एक भन्दा बढी सूत्र घुसाउनु भयो भने, सूत्र अनुक्रम रूपमा क्रमाङ्कन हुन्छ । डम्मी पाठ घुसाउनका लागि, \"DT\" टाइप गर्नुहोस्, र F3 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Print a List of AutoText Entries"
msgstr "स्वत:पाठ प्रविष्टिहरूको सूची मुद्रण गर्न"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - म्याक्रोहरू - प्रबन्ध म्याक्रो  - %PRODUCTNAME आधारभूत</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155160\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Macro from</emph> tree control, select %PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks - AutoText."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151277\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Main\" in the <emph>Existing macros in: AutoText</emph> list and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151304\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>फाइल - मुद्रण गर्नुहोस्</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151327\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using AutoText in Network Installations"
msgstr "सञ्झ्याल स्थापनामा स्वत:पाठ प्रयोग गरिँदै"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151355\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network."
msgstr "तपाईँ सञ्झ्यालको बिभिन्न डाइरेक्टरीहरूमा स्वत:पाठ प्रविष्टिहरू भण्डारण गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151370\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, you can store \"read-only\" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory."
msgstr "उदाहरणका लागि, तपाईँ \"पढ्ने-मात्र\" स्वत:पाठ प्रविष्टिहरू तपाईँको कम्पनीको केन्द्रिय सर्भरमा, र स्थानिय डाइरेक्टरीमा प्रयोगकर्ता- परिभाषित स्वत:पाठ प्रविष्टिहरू बचत गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration."
msgstr ""

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154960\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used."
msgstr "दुई डाइरेक्टरीहरू यहाँ सूची गरिएको छ । पहिलो प्रविष्टि सर्भर स्थापानामा र दोस्रो प्रविष्टि प्रयोगकर्ता डाइरेक्टरीमा छ । यदि त्यहाँ दुई स्वत:पाठ प्रविष्टिहरू दुबै डाइरेक्टरीहरूमा उही नाम सँग छ भने, प्रविष्टि प्रयोगकर्ता डाइरेक्टरीबाट प्रयोग गरिन्छ ।"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154995\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\">Tools - AutoText</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\">सम्पादन - स्वत:पाठ</link>"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155012\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">शव्द समाप्ति</link>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics"
msgstr "पृष्ठभूमि रङहरू वा पृष्ठभूमि ग्राफिक्स परिभाषित गर्दा"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149346\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>backgrounds;text objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backgrounds;selecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149346\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id7355265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147653\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Background To Text Characters"
msgstr "पाठ क्यारेक्टरहरूमा पृष्ठभूमि लागू गर्दा"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3150669\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the characters."
msgstr "क्यारेक्टरहरू चयन गर्नुहोस।"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3155390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - क्यारेक्टर</emph>रोज्नुहोस।"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3153665\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठभूमि</emph> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ,  पृष्ठभूमि रङ चयन गर्नुहोस।"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Background To a Paragraph"
msgstr "एउटा अनुच्छेदमा एउटा पृष्ठभूमि लागू गर्दा"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3145119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs."
msgstr "अनुच्छेदमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस वा थुप्रै अनुच्छेदहरू चयन गर्नुहोस।"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3158430\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - अनुच्छेद</emph> रोज्नुहोस।"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3151245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठभूमि</emph> ट्याब पृष्ठमा, पृष्ठबूमि रङ वा पृष्ठभूमि ग्राफिक चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id0104201010554939\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149294\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table"
msgstr "पाठ तालिकाको सबै भागमा एउटा पृष्ठभूमि लागू गर्दा"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3154346\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the table in your text document."
msgstr "तपाईँको पाठ कागजातमा तालिकामा कर्सर राख्नुहोस।"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3148664\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Properties</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3154938\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठभूमि</emph> ट्याब पृष्ठमा, पृष्ठबूमि रङ वा पृष्ठभूमि ग्राफिक चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3156280\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection."
msgstr "<emph>लागि</emph> बाकसमा,हालको कक्ष,पङ्क्ति वा पुरै तालिकामा यात रङ या ग्राफिक लागू गर्नु पर्छ रोज्नुहो।यदि तपाईँले थुप्रै कक्षहरू वा पङ्क्तिहरू संवाद खोलिनुभन्दा पहिले चयन गर्नुभएमा,परिवर्तन छनोटमा लागू हुन्छ।,"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts."
msgstr "एउटा प्रतिमा प्रयोग गरिरहेको पाठ तालिकाको भागहरूमा पृष्ठभूमि लागू गर्दा"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3150767\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "कक्षहरूमा एउटा पृष्ठभूमि रङ लागू गर्नलाई,कक्षहरू चयन गर्नुहोस र <emph>पृष्ठभूमि रङ</emph> उपकरणपट्टीमा रङ क्लिक गर्नुहोस।"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3147084\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Background Color</item> toolbar."
msgstr "कक्षभित्र एउटा पाठ अनुच्छेदमा एउटा पृष्ठभूमि रङ लागू गर्नलाई,कर्सरलाई पाठ अनुच्छेदमा राख्नुहोस त्यसपछि <emph>पृष्ठभूमि रङ</emph> उपकरणपट्टीमा रङ क्लिक गर्नुहोस।"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_idN10A56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Highlight Color icon</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">प्रतिमा हाइलाइट गर्दा</link>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3156180\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\">Background tab page</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\"><emph>पृष्ठभूमि</emph> ट्याब पृष्ठ</link>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id4922025\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Watermarks</link>"
msgstr ""

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id478530\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link>"
msgstr ""

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Borders for Characters"
msgstr ""

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters;defining borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; for characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;character borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"hd_id3116136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"border_character\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Characters\">Defining Borders for Characters</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3148413\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, color, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document."
msgstr ""

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"hd_id3110503\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr ""

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3118661\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border."
msgstr ""

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3118473\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - पृष्ठ - पृष्ठ</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3110171\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
msgstr "<emph>पूर्वनिर्धारित</emph> क्षेत्रमा कुनै एउटा पूर्वनिर्धारित किनारा शैली चयन गर्नुहोस।"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3151046\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "<emph>रेखा</emph> क्षेत्रमा चयन गरिएको किनारा शैलीका लागि रेखा शैली र रङ चयन गर्नुहोस् । यी सेटिङहरूले सबै किनारा रेखाहरूमा लागू गर्दछ जो चयन गरिएका किनारा शैलीमा समावेश भएका छन् ।"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3152172\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr ""

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3111023\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "परिवरत्नहरू लागू गर्न <emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"hd_id3142068\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr ""

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3118613\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border."
msgstr ""

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3111663\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - पृष्ठ - पृष्ठ</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3110541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr "<emph>प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित</emph> क्षेत्रमा तपाईँले साझा सजावटमा देखाउन चाहनु भएको किनाराहरू चयन गर्नुहोस् । एउटा किनाराको चयन टगल गर्न पूर्ववलोकनमा एउटा किनरामा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3119149\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "<emph>रेखा</emph> क्षेत्रमा चयन गरिएको किनारा शैलीका लागि रेखा शैली र रङ चयन गर्नुहोस् । यी सेटिङहरूले सबै किनारा रेखाहरूमा लागू गर्दछ जो चयन गरिएका किनारा शैलीमा समावेश भएका छन् ।"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3116282\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "हरेक किनारा छेउका लागि अन्तिम दुई चरणहरू दोर्याउनुहोस् ।"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3111041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr ""

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3141606\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "परिवरत्नहरू लागू गर्न <emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Borders for Objects"
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"bm_id3146957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\">Defining Borders for Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3146797\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145673\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155388\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the object for which you want to define a border."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3149578\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3159176\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152474\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3153896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the table cells that you want to modify."
msgstr "तपाईँले परिमार्जन गर्न चाहनु भएको तालिका कक्षहरू चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3156344\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3148797\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr "<emph>प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित</emph> क्षेत्रमा तपाईँले साझा सजावटमा देखाउन चाहनु भएको किनाराहरू चयन गर्नुहोस् । एउटा किनाराको चयन टगल गर्न पूर्ववलोकनमा एउटा किनरामा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3152933\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "<emph>रेखा</emph> क्षेत्रमा चयन गरिएको किनारा शैलीका लागि रेखा शैली र रङ चयन गर्नुहोस् । यी सेटिङहरूले सबै किनारा रेखाहरूमा लागू गर्दछ जो चयन गरिएका किनारा शैलीमा समावेश भएका छन् ।"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3125865\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "हरेक किनारा छेउका लागि अन्तिम दुई चरणहरू दोर्याउनुहोस् ।"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3150447\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to Contents</emph> area."
msgstr ""

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3154908\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "परिवरत्नहरू लागू गर्न <emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Borders for Pages"
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\">Defining Borders for Pages</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3148473\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename]."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150503\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3148491\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - पृष्ठ - पृष्ठ</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3150771\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
msgstr "<emph>पूर्वनिर्धारित</emph> क्षेत्रमा कुनै एउटा पूर्वनिर्धारित किनारा शैली चयन गर्नुहोस।"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3154046\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3152472\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3156023\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "परिवरत्नहरू लागू गर्न <emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145068\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3148663\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - पृष्ठ - पृष्ठ</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3150541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr "<emph>प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित</emph> क्षेत्रमा तपाईँले साझा सजावटमा देखाउन चाहनु भएको किनाराहरू चयन गर्नुहोस् । एउटा किनाराको चयन टगल गर्न पूर्ववलोकनमा एउटा किनरामा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3159149\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3156282\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "हरेक किनारा छेउका लागि अन्तिम दुई चरणहरू दोर्याउनुहोस् ।"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3151041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr ""

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3145606\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "परिवरत्नहरू लागू गर्न <emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User Defined Borders in Text Documents"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"bm_id6737876\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id3614917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1069368\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6527298\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6129947\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Properties</item>."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id8141117\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6016418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5282448\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id3547166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selection of cells"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1108432\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2422559\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selection"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1053498\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Line arrangement area"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1076998\n"
"help.text"
msgid "One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id4240241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">one cell border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id162053\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A one cell table, the cell is selected"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5021820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">one selected cell border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id3549607\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cells in a column selected"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2544328\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">column selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1636402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cells in a row selected"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7450483\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">row selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5741752\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id570085\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">block selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id5044099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Default settings"
msgstr "पूर्वनिर्धारित सेटिङस"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id626544\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id292062\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1361735\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id82399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id7144993\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "उदाहरणहरू"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5528427\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id4194158\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">default icons for borders</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7253028\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id9441206\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7276833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5273293\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id5110019\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User defined settings"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1820734\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7093111\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id3673818\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Line types"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2593768\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Image"
msgstr "छवि"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2055421\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "अर्थ"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id9836115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A black line"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6485793\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">solid line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1454512\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id4618671\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A gray line"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1239356\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">gray line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id9474166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1545457\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A white line"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1681875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">white line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2316660\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id5908688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "उदाहरणहरू"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5118564\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Properties - Borders</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id244758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a thick line style."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7741325\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id542313\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">setting thick lower border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2210760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default."
msgstr ""

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5400860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell."
msgstr ""

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating in Text Documents"
msgstr "पाठ कागजातहरूमा गणना गरिँदै"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">Calculating in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">पाठ कागजातहरूमा गणना गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table."
msgstr "तपाईँ गणना पाठ कागजातमा वा पाठ तालिकामा सिधा घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149972\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =."
msgstr "तपाईँले गणना घुसाउन चाहेको ठाउँमा कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र F2 थिच्नुहोस् । यदि तपाईँ तालिका कक्षमा हुनुहुन्छ भने, बराबर चिन्ह = टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3155547\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>, and then press Enter."
msgstr "तपाईँले घुसाउनु चाहनु भएको गणना टाइप गर्नुहोस्, उदाहरणका लागि, \"=१००००/१२\", र 'प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस्' थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3155565\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula."
msgstr "तपाईँ <emph>सूत्रपट्टीमा</emph> <emph>सूत्र </emph>प्रतिमा क्लिक पनि गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, र तपाईँको सूत्रका लागि प्रकार्य रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id8316904\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another cell, enter =<A1> into the cell."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"
msgstr "एउटा पाठ कागजातमा सूत्रको परिणाम गणना गर्दा र टाँस्दा"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> पाठ कागजातमा सूत्रको परिणाम गणना गर्दा र टाँस्दा</link></variable>"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3156366\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your text already contains a formula, for example \"12+24*2\", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँको पाठले पहिले नै सूत्र, जस्तै \"12+24*2\" समावेश गरेको छ भने, $[officename] ले गणना गर्न सक्छ, र त्यसपछि <emph>सूत्रपट्टी</emph> प्रयोग नगरिकन तपाईँको कागजातमा सूत्रको परिणाम टाँस्दछ ।"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3154250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces."
msgstr "पाठमा सूत्र चयन गर्नुहोस् । सूत्रले सङ्ख्याहरू र सञ्चालनकर्ताहरू मात्र समावेश गर्दछ र खाली स्थानहरू समावेश गर्दैन ।"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155496\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign (+)."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - गणना</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , वा <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+योग चिन्ह (+) थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id5172582\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>The selected formula is replaced by the result."
msgstr ""

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating Cell Totals in Tables"
msgstr "तालिकाहरूमा कक्ष कूलहरू गणना गर्दा"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पाठ तालिकाहरूमा जोडहरू: गणना गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठ तालिकाहरूमा जम्मा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठ तालिकाहरू;जोड गणना गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>तालिकाहरू;जोडहरू गणना गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>कक्षहरू;जोडहरू गणना गर्दा </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>तालिका कक्षहरू;जोडहरू गणना गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>तालिका कक्ष श्रेणीहरूको जोड</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell Totals in Tables\">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell Totals in Tables\">तालिका कक्षहरूको योगफल गणना गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3154243\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - तालिका</emph>रोज्नुहोस्, र पाठ कागजातमा एउटा स्तम्भ र एउटा भन्दा बढी पङ्क्ति सँग एउटा तालिका घुसाउनुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3154203\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty."
msgstr "स्तम्भको प्रत्येक कक्षमा सङ्ख्या टाइप गर्नुहोस्, तर स्तम्भ खालीमा अन्तिम कक्ष छोड्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3154222\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Sum</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The               <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry \"=sum\"."
msgstr "स्तम्भको अन्तिम कक्षमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस्, र <emph>तालिका</emph>पट्टीमा <emph>जोड</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।<br/><emph> सूत्रपट्टी</emph> प्रविष्टि सँग देखिन्छ \"=sum\"."

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147775\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column."
msgstr "श्रेणीको पहिलो कक्षमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ योगफल गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, अन्तिम कक्षमा तान्नुहोस्, र छोड्नुहोस् ।<br/> हालको स्तम्भमा मानहरूको योगफल गणना गर्नका लागि $[officename] ले एउटा सूत्र घुसाउँदछ ।"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3150507\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell."
msgstr "Enter थिच्नुहोस्, वा सूत्रपट्टीमा <emph>लागू गर्नुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् । <br/>हालको स्तम्भमा मानहरूको योगफल कक्षमा प्रविष्टि गरिन्छ ।"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3150533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँले स्तम्भको जहाँ पनि विभिन्न सङ्ख्या प्रविष्टि गर्नुभयो भने, योगफल तपाईँले अन्तिम स्तम्भ कक्षमा क्लिक गरेपछि अद्यावधिक हुन्छ ।"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3155533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers."
msgstr "त्यस्तै गरी, तपाईँ द्रुत रूपमा पङ्क्तिको सङ्ख्याहरू गणना गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents"
msgstr "पाठ कागजातहरूमा जटिल सूत्रहरू गणना गर्दा"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147406\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पाठमा जटिल सूत्रहरू:गणना गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सूत्रहरू; पाठमा जटिल सूत्रहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>मध्यक मानहरू;गणना गर्दा</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147406\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">पाठ कागजातहरूमा जटिल सूत्रहरू गणना गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document."
msgstr "तपाईँ पूर्वपरिभाषित प्रकार्यहरू सूत्रमा प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, र पाठ कागजातमा गणनाको परिणाम घुसाउनुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3152901\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:"
msgstr "उदाहरणका लागि, तीन सङ्ख्याहरूको मध्यक मान गणना गर्न, तलको गर्नुहोस्:"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145078\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2."
msgstr "कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ सूत्र घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ, र त्यसपछि F2 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3156382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon, and choose \"Mean\" from the Statistical Functions list."
msgstr "<emph>सूत्र </emph>प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् , र तथ्याङ्किय प्रकार्यहरू सूचीबाट \"Mean\"रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3149692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|)."
msgstr "ठाडो स्ल्यासहरूद्वारा बिभाजन गरिएको (|), तीन सङ्ख्याहरू टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3149481\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document."
msgstr "<emph>Enter</emph>थिच्नुहोस् । कागजातमा परिणाम फाँटको रूपमा घुसाइन्छ ।"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3149823\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document."
msgstr "सूत्र सम्पादन गर्नका लागि, कागजातको फाँटमा डबल-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table"
msgstr "विभिन्न तालिकामा तालिका गणनाको परिणाम प्रदर्शन"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153899\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>बहुविद पाठ तालिकाहरू वारपार; गणना गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठ तालिकाहरू;वारपार गणना गर्दा</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153899\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\">विभिन्न तालिकामा तालिका गणनाको परिणाम प्रदर्शन</link></variable>"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3154250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table."
msgstr "तपाईँ एउटा तालिकामा कक्षहरूमा गणना सम्पादन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ र एउटा भिन्नै तालिकामा परिणाम प्रदर्शन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell."
msgstr "पाठ कागजात खोल्नुहोस्, बहु स्तम्भ र पङ्क्तिहरू सँग तालिका घुसाउनुहोस्, र अर्को तालिका घुसाउनुहोस् जसले एउटा कक्ष समावेश गरेको छ ।"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150528\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table."
msgstr "ठूलो तालिकाको केही कक्षहरूमा सङ्ख्याहरू प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155532\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2."
msgstr "एक्लो कक्ष सँग तालिकामा कर्सर राख्नुहोस्, र F2 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155551\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
msgstr "<emph>सूत्रपट्टी</emph> मा, तपाईँले सम्पादन गर्न चाहनु भएको प्रकार्य प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस्, उदाहरणका लागि, \"=SUM\" ।"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155577\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr "ठूलो तालिकाको कक्षमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जसले सङ्ख्या समावेश गर्दछ, योगफल सङ्केत (+) थिच्नुहोस्, र सङ्ख्या समाविष्ट गरेको विभिन्न कक्षमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155598\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस्</emph> थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3147776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ भने, तपाईँ साधारण पाठको रूपमा व्यवहार गर्न तालिका ढाँचाबद्ध गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ । फ्रेममा तालिका घुसाउनुहोस्, र त्यसपछि क्यारेक्टरको रूपमा फ्रेम एङ्कर गर्नुहोस् । जब तपाईँले पाठ घुसाउनुहुन्छ वा मेट्नुहुन्छ फ्रेम नजिकको पाठमा एङ्कर गरिएको रहन्छ ।"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating Across Tables"
msgstr "तालिका वारपार गणना गर्दा"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>बहुविद पाठ तालिकाहरू वारपार; गणना गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठ तालिकाहरू;वारपार गणना गर्दा</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\">Calculating Across Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\">तालिकाहरू वारपार गणना गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147773\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document."
msgstr "तपाईँ गणना लागू गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ जुन पाठ कागजातमा एक भन्दा बढी तालिका मार्फत स्प्यान गर्दछ ।"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147795\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables."
msgstr "पाठ कागजात खोल्नुहोस्, दुई तालिकाहरू घुसाउनुहोस्, र दुबै तालिकाहरूको केही कक्षहरूमा सङ्ख्याहरू टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147815\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables."
msgstr "तालिकाहरूको एउटा खाली कक्षमा तपाईँको कर्सर राख्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F2."
msgstr "F2 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147228\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
msgstr "<emph>सूत्रपट्टी</emph> मा, तपाईँले सम्पादन गर्न चाहनु भएको प्रकार्य प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस्, उदाहरणका लागि, \"=SUM\" ।"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr "कक्षमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जसले सङ्ख्या समावेस गरेको छ, योगफल सङ्केत (+) थिच्नुहोस्, र सङ्ख्या प्रविष्टि गरेको विभिन्न कक्षमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147274\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस्</emph> थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Captions"
msgstr "क्यापसनहरू प्रयोग गर्दा"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147691\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150537\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">Using Captions</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">क्याप्सनहरू प्रयोग गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3153156\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects."
msgstr "पाठ कागजातहरूमा, तपाईँ ग्राफिक्समा लगातार सङ्ख्या क्याप्सनहरू, तालिकाहरू, फ्रेमहरू, र चित्राङ्कन वस्तुहरू थप गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3153172\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions."
msgstr "तपाईँ बिभिन्न प्रकारको क्याप्सनहरूका लागि पाठ र सङ्ख्या दायराहरू सम्पादन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3153186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text."
msgstr "जब तपाईँ क्याप्सन चित्र वा वस्तुमा थप गर्नुहुन्छ, वस्तु र क्याप्सन पाठ नयाँ फ्रेममा सँगै राखिन्छ । जब तपाईँ क्याप्सन तालिकामा थप गर्नुहुन्छ, क्याप्सन पाठ तालिकाको पछि अनुच्छेदमा घुसाइन्छ । जब तपाईँ क्याप्सन फ्रेममा थप गर्नुहुन्छ, हट्दै गरेको पाठ अघि वा पछि क्याप्सन पाठ फ्रेम भित्रको पाठमा थप गरिन्छ ।"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_idN10713\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9."
msgstr "दुबै वस्तु र क्याप्सन सार्नका लागि, फ्रेम तान्नुहोस् जसले यी वस्तुहरू समावेश गरेको छ । क्याप्सन क्रमाङ्कन तपाईँले फ्रेम लगेपछि अद्यावधिक गर्नका लागि, F9 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To define a caption proceed as follows:"
msgstr "क्याप्सनहरू परिभाषा गर्दै"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3155567\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr "तपाईँले क्यापसनमा थप्न चाहनु भएको वस्तु चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3155586\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>क्यापसन - घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3147765\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the options that you want, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Figure</item>."
msgstr "विकल्प चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ, र <emph>ठीक छ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् । यदि तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ भने, तपाईँ बिभिन्न पाठ, जस्तै \"Figure\" <emph>कोटि </emph>बाकस प्रविष्टि गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3147254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can edit caption text directly in the document."
msgstr "तपाईँ कागजातमा क्याप्सन सिधा सम्पादन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3147271\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a \"Table\" caption, the \"Table\" paragraph style is applied to the caption text."
msgstr "अनुच्छेद शैली सँग क्याप्सन ढाँचा गरियो जसले क्याप्सन कोटि <emph></emph> को नामहरू सँग मिलाउँदछ । उदाहरणका लागि, यदि तपाईँले \"Table\" क्याप्सन घुसाउनु भयो भने, \"Table\" अनुच्छेद शैली क्याप्सनमा लागू गरिन्छ ।"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3145671\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr "तपाईँले एउटा वस्तु, ग्राफिक्, फ्रेम, वा तालिका घुसाउँदा $[officename] ले स्वत: क्याप्सन थप गर्दछ । <emph>उपकरणहरू - विकल्प - %PRODUCTNAME राइटर - स्वत: क्याप्सन</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions"
msgstr "क्यापसनहरूमा अध्याय नम्बरहरू थप गर्दा"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects; captioning automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\">क्याप्सनहरूमा अध्याय सङ्ख्याहरू थप गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3147395\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can include chapter numbers in captions."
msgstr "तपाईँ क्याप्सनहरूमा अध्याय सङ्ख्याहरू समावेश गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3147408\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles."
msgstr "निश्चित गर्नुहोस् कि पाठ तपाईँको कागजातमा अध्यायहरूद्वारा ब्यवस्थित गरियो, र त्यो अध्याय शीर्षकहरू र, यदि तपाईँ चाहनुहन्छ भने, सेक्सन शीर्षकहरू, पूर्वपरिभाषित शीर्षक अनुच्छेद शैलीहरू मध्ये एक प्रयोग गर्नुहोस् । शीर्षक अनुच्छेद शैलीहरूमा तपाईँ क्रमाङ्कन विकल्प प्रदान गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3154249\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr "तपाईँले क्यापसनमा थप्न चाहनु भएको वस्तु चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3150503\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>क्यापसन - घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3150527\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a caption title from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Caption</item> box."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Options</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>विकल्प</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153190\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3155553\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3155586\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>क्याप्सन</emph> संवादमा,<emph>ठीक छ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3147226\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3145567\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">AutoCaption dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">स्वत: क्याप्सन संवाद</link>"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3145574\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\">Chapter numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\">अनुच्छेद क्रमाङ्कन</link>"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page"
msgstr "हालको पृष्ठमा आधारित पृष्ठ शैली सिर्जना गर्दा"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"bm_id3146875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footers; inserting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">हालको पृष्ठमा आधारित पृष्ठ शैली सिर्जना गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3153584\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it."
msgstr "तपाईँ पृष्ठ सजावट डिजाइन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ र यसमा आधारित पृष्ठ शैली सिर्जना गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3154245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header."
msgstr "उदाहरणका लागि, तपाईँ पृष्ठ शैली सिर्जना गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ जसले विशेष शीर्षक प्रदर्शन गर्दछ, र अर्को पृष्ठ शैली पनि सिर्जना गर्नु सक्नुहुन्छ जसले विभिन्न शीर्षक प्रदर्शन गर्दछ ।"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3150503\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a new text document, choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "नयाँ पाठ कागजात खोल्नुहोस्, <emph>ढाँचा - शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस्, र <emph>पृष्ठ शैली</emph> प्रतिमाहरू क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3150532\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr "<emph> चयनबाट नयाँ शैली</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र उपमेनुबाट <emph>नयाँ शैलीहरू चयनबाट</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3153153\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the page in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style name</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "<emph>शैली नाम </emph>बाकसमा पृष्ठका लागि नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>ठीक छ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3153184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page."
msgstr "हालको पृष्ठमा शैली लागू गर्न सूचीको नाममा डबल-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3155541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the list."
msgstr ""

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3155572\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header."
msgstr "तपाईँले शीर्षकमा चाहनु भएको पाठ टाइप गर्नुहोस् । शीर्षकको बाहिरको मूख्य पाठ क्षेत्रमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस् ।"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3155592\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - म्यानुअल बिच्छेद</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3147771\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box."
msgstr "<emph>टाइप </emph>क्षेत्रमा, <emph>पृष्ठ बिच्छेद</emph> चयन गर्नुहोस् र  <emph>शैली </emph>बाकसबाट 'पूर्वनिर्धारित' चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3147810\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header."
msgstr "भिन्न हेडर सँग दोस्रो अनुकूल <emph>पृष्ठ शैली</emph> सिर्जना गर्न २-६ सम्म चरणहरू दोहोर्याउनुहोस् ।"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Chapter Numbering"
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147682\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>chapters;numbering</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147682\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter Numbering\">Chapter Numbering</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155605\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style is at the top of the chapter hierarchy."
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155626\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style"
msgstr "शीर्षक शैलीमा स्वाचालित क्रमाङ्कन थप गर्न:"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Chapter Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155891\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Style</item> box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to."
msgstr "<emph>अनुच्छेद शैली </emph>बाकसमा, शीर्षक शैली चयन गर्नुहोस् जसमा तपाईँ अध्याय सङ्ख्या थप गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3150513\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "<emph> सङ्ख्या</emph> बाकसहरूमा, क्रमाङ्कन शैली चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ प्रयोग गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, र <emph> ठीक छ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN107CE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Remove Automatic Chapter Numbering From a Heading Paragraph"
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the number."
msgstr "नम्बरको पछाडि, शीर्षक अनुच्छेदमा पाठको सुरुमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the Backspace key to delete the number."
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155552\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading"
msgstr "शीर्षकको रूपमा अनुकूल अनुच्छेद शैली प्रयोग गर्न:"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155571\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Chapter Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr ""

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr "<emph>अनुच्छेद शैली</emph> बाकसमा अनुकूल शैली चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147782\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list."
msgstr "शीर्षक तहमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँले <emph> तह</emph> सूचीमा अनुकूल अनुच्छेद शैली मानाङ्कन गर्न चाहनु भएको छ ।"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147808\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Conditional Text"
msgstr "ससर्त पाठ"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155619\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>फाँटहरूमा मिल्दो ससर्त पाठ </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>यदि त्यसो हो भने क्वेरी फाँटको रूपमा </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ससर्त पाठ; सेटअप हुन्छ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठ; ससर्त पाठ </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ससर्तहरू;परिभाषित गर्दा</bookmark_value>"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155619\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">Conditional Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">ससर्त पाठ</link></variable>"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155879\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा तपाईँ फाँटहरू सेटअप गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ जसले तपाईँले परिभाषित गर्नु भएको सर्त सँग मेल खाँदा पाठ प्रदर्शन गर्दछ । उदाहरणका लागि, तपाईँ ससर्त पाठ परिभाषित गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ जुन बाँकी चिठ्ठीहरूको श्रेणीहरूमा प्रदर्शन भयो ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition."
msgstr "यो उदाहरणमा ससर्त पाठ सेटिङ गर्नु दुई-अंश प्रक्रिया हो । पहिला तपाईँ चल सिर्जना गर्नुहोस्, र पछि तपाईँ सर्त सिर्जना गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153175\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define a Conditional Variable"
msgstr "ससर्त चल परिभाषा गर्न:"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153185\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement."
msgstr "उदाहरणको पहिलो अंश सर्त कथनका लागि चल परिभाषित गर्नु हो ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155566\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् -</emph><emph>फाँटहरू - अन्य</emph> रोज्नुहोस् , र  <emph>चल</emph> ट्याबहरू क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Set variable\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार </emph>सूचीमा \"Set variable\" क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147784\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Reminder</item>."
msgstr "<emph>नाम</emph> बाकसमा चलका लागि नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस्, उदाहरणका लागि \"Reminder\"।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147810\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
msgstr "\"Text\"<emph> ढाँचा</emph> सूचीमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id7748344\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter <item type=\"literal\">1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>.<br/>The Format list now displays a \"General\" format."
msgstr ""

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145645\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text"
msgstr "अवस्था र ससर्त पाठ परिभाषा गर्न"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145659\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document."
msgstr "उदाहरणको दोस्रो भाग सर्त परिभाषा गर्नका लागि हो जुन सर्त सँग मिल्छ, र तपाईँको कागजातमा ससर्त पाठ प्रदर्शन गर्नका लागि प्लेसहोल्डर घुसाउनु हो ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3151193\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text."
msgstr "कर्सर त्यहाँ राख्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ ससर्त पाठ तपाईँको पाठमा घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3151212\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् -</emph><emph>फाँटहरू - अन्य</emph>रोज्नुहोस्, र <emph>प्रकार्य</emph> ट्याबहरू क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3151250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार </emph>सूचीमा \"ससर्त पाठ\" क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155936\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Reminder EQ \"3\"</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three."
msgstr "<emph>सर्त </emph>बाकसमा <emph>बाँकी EQ \"3\"</emph> टाइप गर्नुहोस् । अर्को शव्दमा, ससर्त पाठ प्रदर्शन हुन्छ जब चल फाँटमा हुन्छ जुन तपाईँले यो उदाहरणको पहिलो अंशमा परिभाषित गर्नु भयो जुन तीन सँग समान छ ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155969\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The quotation marks enclosing the \"3\" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string."
msgstr "उध्द्वरण चिन्हहरू \"3\" संलग्न गरेकोले यो दर्साउँदछ कि जुन चल तपाईँले यो उदाहरणको पहिलो अंशमा परिभाषित गर्नुभयो त्यो पाठ स्ट्रिङ हो ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150446\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box."
msgstr "<emph>पछि</emph> बाकसमा सर्त मिल्दा तपाईँले प्रदर्शन गर्न चाहनु भएको पाठ टाइप गर्नुहोस् । त्यहाँ प्राय पाठको लम्बाइको कुनै निश्चित सिमा हुँदैन जुन तपाईँ प्रविष्टि गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ । तपाईँ यो बाकसमा अनुच्छेद टाँस्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150473\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "क्लिक गर्नुहोस् <emph>घुसाउनु</emph>, र क्लिक गर्नुहोस् <emph>बन्द</emph>."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155073\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Display the Conditional Text"
msgstr "ससर्त पाठ प्रदर्शन गर्नका लागि:"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155086\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3."
msgstr "यो उदाहरणमा, ससर्त चलको मान ३ सँग समान भएको बेला ससर्त पाठ प्रदर्शन भयो ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr "फाँटको अगाडि कर्सर राख्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँले यो उदाहरणको पहिलो अंशमा परिभाषित गर्नुभयो, र <emph>सम्पादन - फाँटहरू</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Replace the number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box with 3, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "<emph>मान </emph>बाकसमा ३ सँग सङ्ख्या बदल्नुहोस्, र <emph> बन्द</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155168\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the field does not automatically update, press F9."
msgstr "यदि फाँट स्वत अद्यावधिक भएन भने, F9 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145714\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\">List of conditional operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\">ससर्त सञ्चालनकर्ताहरूको सूची</link>"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Conditional Text for Page Counts"
msgstr "पृष्ठ गणनाहरूका लागि ससर्त पाठ"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पृष्ठ गणनाहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ससर्त पाठ;पृष्ठ गणनाहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">पृष्ठ गणनाहरूका लागि ससर्त पाठ</link></variable>"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3156228\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create a conditional text field that displays the word \"pages\" instead of \"page\" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page."
msgstr "तपाईँ ससर्त पाठ फाँट सिर्जना गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ जसले \"पृष्ठहरू\" को सट्टा \"पृष्ठ\" पृष्ठ गणना फाँटको संयोजकको रूपमा यदि तपाईँको कागजातले एक भन्दा बढी पृष्ठ समावेश गर्यो भने शव्द प्रदर्शन गर्दछ ।"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3156257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ पृष्ठ गणना घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150513\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - Page Count</item>, and then enter a space."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - फाँट - पृष्ठ गणना</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , र खाली स्थान प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150537\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् -</emph><emph>फाँटहरू - अन्य</emph>रोज्नुहोस्, र <emph>प्रकार्य</emph> ट्याबहरू क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3153166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार </emph>सूचीमा \"ससर्त पाठ\" क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3145256\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page > 1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box."
msgstr "<emph>अवस्था</emph> बाकसमा \"Page > 1\" टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3145280\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Pages</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Then</item> box."
msgstr "<emph> त्यसपछि</emph> बाकसमा \"पृष्ठहरू\"टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3145305\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Else</item> box."
msgstr "<emph> अन्यथा</emph> बाकसमा \"पृष्ठ\"टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155535\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "क्लिक गर्नुहोस् <emph>घुसाउनु</emph>, र क्लिक गर्नुहोस् <emph>बन्द</emph>."

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित शव्दकोषबाट शव्दहरू हटाउदै"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित शव्दकोषहरू; शव्दहरू हटाउँदा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अनुकूल शब्दकोश; शव्द हटाइ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>हटाउँदै;शव्दहरू प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित शव्दकोषहरूमा</bookmark_value>"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित शव्दकोषबाट शव्दहरू हटाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"par_id3153417\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - विकल्प - भाषा छायाकरण - लेखन सहायताहरू</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"par_id3151391\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type=\"menuitem\">User-defined</item> list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit</item>."
msgstr "<emph>प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित </emph>सूचीमा प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित शव्दकोष चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ सम्पादन गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ , र  <emph>सम्पादन</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>शव्द</emph> सूचीमा शव्द चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ मेटाउन चाहनुहुन्छ , र <emph>मेट्नुहोस्</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moving and Copying Text in Documents"
msgstr "कागजातहरूमा पाठ साराइ र प्रतिलिपि"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;moving and copying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>moving; text sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; text sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pasting;cut/copied text sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>mouse;moving and copying text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">कागजातहरूमा पाठ लैजादै र प्रतिलिपि बनाउन</link></variable>"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3152994\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to move or copy."
msgstr "पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ लैजान वा प्रतिलिपि गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155606\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154236\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"media/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image>"
msgstr "चयन भएको पाठ सार्नका लागि, कागजातको बिभिन्न स्थानमा पाठ तान्नुहोस् र छोड्नुहोस् । तपाईँले तानेको बेला, माउस सूचक खरानी रङको बाकस समावेश गर्न परिवर्तन गर्दछ ।"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"media/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Mouse cursor copying data</alt></image>"
msgstr "चयन गरिएको पाठ प्रतिलिपि गर्न,तपाईँले तानेको बेलामा <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> समाउनुहोस् । माउस सूचक योगफल सङ्केत (+) समावेश गर्न परिवर्तन हुन्छ ।"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages"
msgstr "जोडी र बिजोडी पृष्ठहरूमा पृष्ठ शैलीहरू उल्टाउदै"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">जोडी र बिजोडी पृष्ठहरूमा पृष्ठ शैली उल्टाउदै</link></variable>"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155962\" src=\"cmd/sc_solidcreate.png\" width=\"0.1665inch\" height=\"0.1665inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155962\">प्रतिमा</alt></image>"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3147126\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace."
msgstr "$[officename] ले स्वत: तपाईँको कागजातमा वैकल्पिक पृष्ठ शैली जोडी (बायाँ) र बिजोडी (दायाँ) लागू गर्दछ । उदाहरणका लागि, जोडी र बिजोडी पृष्ठहरूमा बिभिन्न हेडरहरू र फुटरहरू प्रदर्शन गर्न तपाईँ पृष्ठ शैलीहरू प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।हालको पृष्ठ शैली <emph>स्थितिपट्टी</emph> कार्यस्थानको तलमा प्रदर्शन हुन्छ ।"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"hd_id8194219\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set Up Alternating Page Styles"
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3150526\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , र <emph>पृष्ठ शैलीहरू </emph>प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3153153\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Left Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "पृष्ठ शैलीहरूको सूचीमा, \"बायाँ पृष्ठ\" दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र <emph>परिमार्जन गर्नुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3153179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>आयोजक</emph> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145267\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Right Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>पछिल्लो शैली</emph> बाकसमा \"Right Page\" चयन गर्नुहोस् , र त्यसपछि  <emph>ठीक छ</emph> मा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145299\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Right Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "पृष्ठ शैलीहरूको सूचीमा, \"दायाँ पृष्ठ\" दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र <emph>परिमार्जन गर्नुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3155529\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Left Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>पछिल्लो शैली</emph> बाकसमा \"Left Page\" चयन गर्नुहोस्, र त्यसपछि <emph>ठीक छ</emph>मा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3155561\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Go to the first page in your document, and double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "शैलीहरू र ढाँचा सञ्झ्यालको पृष्ठ शैलीहरूको सूचीमा तपाईँको कागजातमा जानुहोस् र पहिलो पृष्ठमा जानुहोस्, \"दायाँ पृष्ठ\"डबल-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3155588\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a header to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3147772\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3147254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the \"First Page\" style to the title page."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"hd_id888698\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages"
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3394573\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id7594225\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - विकल्प - भाषा छायाकरण - लेखन सहायताहरू</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id8147221\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145596\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">बिच्छेदन संवाद घुसाउनुहोस्</link>"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Converting a Field into Text"
msgstr "फाँटलाई पाठमा रूपान्तरण गर्दा"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154079\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>फाँटहरू; पाठमा रूपान्तरण गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठमा,फाँटहरू;रूपान्तरण गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठ द्वारा,फाँटहरू;प्रतिस्थापन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठमा, फाँटहरू;परिवर्तन</bookmark_value>"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154079\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\">Converting a Field into Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\">फाँटलाई पाठमा रूपान्तर गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field."
msgstr "तपाईँ नियमित पाठको फाँट परिवर्तन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, त्यसैले यो लामो समय सम्म अद्यावधिक हुँदैन । तपाईँले फाँट पाठमा परिवर्तन गर्नु भएपछि, तपाईँ पाठ फाँटमा फेरि परिवर्तन गर्न सक्नुहुन्न ।"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155608\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>."
msgstr "फाँट चयन गर्नुहोस् र <emph>सम्पादन - काट्नुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154238\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>सम्पादन - टाँस्नुहोस् स्पेसल</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Unformatted text\" in the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list, and then click               <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "<emph> चयन</emph> सूचीमा \"Unformatted text\" क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र त्यसपछि<emph> ठीक छ </emph> मा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्।"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3157551\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">Paste Special</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">विशेष टाँस्नुहोस् </link>"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "About Fields"
msgstr "फाँटहरूको बारेमा"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">About Fields</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">फाँटहरूको बारेमा</link></variable>"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3154246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document."
msgstr "फाँटहरू डेटाका लागि प्रयोग हुन्छ जुन कागजातमा परिवर्तन हुन्छ, जस्तै कागजातमा हालको मिति वा पृष्ठहरूको जम्मा सङ्ख्याहरू ।"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Viewing Fields"
msgstr "फाँटहरू दृश्य गर्दा"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3150509\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Field Names\"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3150536\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3152885\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the color of field shadings, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Application Colors\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></link>, locate the <item type=\"menuitem\">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color setting</item> box."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Field Properties"
msgstr "फाँट गुणहरू"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3153180\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values."
msgstr "कागजातमा प्रमुख फाँट प्रकारहरू, डाटाबेस फाँटहरू समावेश गरी, चल मानहरू सङ्ग्रह र प्रदर्शन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The following field types execute an action when you click the field:"
msgstr "तपाईँले फाँट क्लिक गर्नुहुँदा तलका फाँट प्रकारहरू कार्य कार्यान्वयन गर्दछ:"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155582\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Field Type"
msgstr "फाँट प्रकार"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Property"
msgstr "गुण"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147789\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr "प्लेसहोल्डर"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147812\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set."
msgstr "वस्तु घुसाउनका लागि संवाद खोल्नुहोस् जसका लागि प्लेसहोल्डर सेट भएको थियो ।"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147216\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Insert Reference"
msgstr "सन्दर्भ घुसाउनुहोस्"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147239\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the mouse pointer to the reference."
msgstr "सन्दर्भमा माउस सूचक लैजानुहोस् ।"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147267\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Run macro"
msgstr "म्याक्रो चालू गर्नुहोस्"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147290\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Runs a macro."
msgstr "म्याक्रो चालू गर्दछ ।"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3145614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Input Field"
msgstr "आगत फाँट"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3145637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field."
msgstr "फाँटको सामाग्रीहरू सम्पादन गर्नका लागि संवाद खोल्दछ ।"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3151244\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tips option (<item type=\"menuitem\">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Help</item> menu."
msgstr ""

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155937\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating Fields"
msgstr "फाँटहरू अद्यावधिक गर्दा"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155963\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9."
msgstr "एउटा कागजातमा सबै फाँटहरू अद्यावधिक गर्नका लागि, F9 थिच्नुहोस्, वा <emph>सम्पादन - सबै चयन गर्नुहोस्</emph> रोज्नुहोस् , र F9 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155984\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9."
msgstr "फाँट अद्यावधिक गर्नका लागि जुन डाटाबेसबाट घुसाइएको थियो, फाँट चयन गर्नुहोस्, र F9 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field"
msgstr "निश्चित गरिएको वा चल मिति फाँट घुसाउँदा"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"bm_id5111545\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>मिति फाँटहरू;घुसाउँदा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>मितिहरू;घुसाउँदा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>मिति फाँटहरू;स्थिर/चल</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>स्थिर मितिहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>चल मितिहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155165\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">निश्चित गरिएको वा चल मिति फाँट घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3154491\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update."
msgstr "तपाईँ हालको मिति फाँटको रूपमा घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ जसले प्रत्येक समय कागजात खोल्दा अद्यावधिक गर्दछ, वा फाँटको रूपमा अद्यावधिक हुँदैन ।"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3147679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - फाँटहरू - अन्य</emph>रोज्नुहोस् र <emph>कागजात</emph> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3153415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click “Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and do one of the following:"
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार </emph>सूचीमा 'मिति' क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र तलको एक गर्नुहोस्:"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3155602\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list."
msgstr "तपाईँले कागजातमा खोल्नु भएको हरेक समय अद्यावधिक गर्न मिति फाँटको रूपमा घुसाउनका लागि, <emph>चयन </emph>सूचीमा 'मिति' क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3154241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list."
msgstr "मिति फाँटको रूपमा घुसाउनका लागि जुन अद्यावधिक हुँदैन, <emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् </emph>सूचीमा 'मिति (निश्चित गरिएको)' क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Input Fields"
msgstr "आगत फाँटहरू थप गर्दा"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पाठ; फाँटहरू आगत गर्नुहोस्</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>फाँटहरू; पाठमा आगत फाँटहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>आगत फाँटहरू पाठमा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>आगत फाँटहरू;घुसाउँदा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>आगत फाँटहरू;थप गरिँदै</bookmark_value>"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Adding Input Fields</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">आगत फाँटहरू थप गरिँदै</link></variable>"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable."
msgstr "आगत फाँट चल हो जुन तपाईँ कागजातमा संवाद खोल्नका लागि क्लिक गर्नुहुन्छ जहाँ तपाईँ चल सम्पादन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3145776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् -</emph><emph>फाँटहरू - अन्य</emph>रोज्नुहोस्, र <emph>प्रकार्य</emph> ट्याबहरू क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click “Input field”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार</emph> सूचीमा <emph>आगत फाँट </emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3154257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and type the text for the variable."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् </emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र चलका लागि पाठ टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155888\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150708\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9."
msgstr "सम्पादन गर्नका लागि कागजातमा द्रुत रूपमा सबै आगत फाँटहरू खोल्नका लागि,Ctrl+Shift+F9 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions"
msgstr "फाँहरू वा अवस्थाहरूमा प्रयोगकर्ता डेटा क्वेरी गर्दा"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>user data; querying</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific users</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>user variables in conditions/fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">फाँटहरू वा सर्तहरूमा प्रयोगकर्ता डेटा क्वेरी गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3154239\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:"
msgstr "सर्तहरू वा फाँटहरूबाट तपाईँ केही प्रयोगकर्ता डेटा पहुँच र तुलना गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ । उदाहरणका लागि, तपाईँ तलका सञ्चालनकर्ताहरू सँग प्रयोगकर्ता डेटा तुलना गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ:"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3155889\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Operator"
msgstr "सञ्चालनकर्ता"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "अर्थ"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "== or EQ"
msgstr "== वा EQ"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150531\n"
"help.text"
msgid "equals"
msgstr "बराबर"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150725\n"
"help.text"
msgid "!= or NEQ"
msgstr "!= वा NEQ"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150748\n"
"help.text"
msgid "is not equal to"
msgstr "सँग बराबर छैन"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3153167\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ भने, तपाईँको कागजातमा निश्चित प्रयोगकर्ताबाट निश्चित पाठ लुकाउनका लागि तपाईँ सर्त प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3153190\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text in the document that you want to hide."
msgstr "कागजातमा पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ लुकाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145273\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - सेक्सन</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145297\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> check box."
msgstr "<emph>लुकाउने </emph>क्षेत्रमा, <emph>लुकाउनुहोस्</emph> जाँच बाकस चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3155533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == \"Doe\"</emph>, where \"Doe\" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from."
msgstr "<emph>सर्त सहित</emph> बाकसमा, टाइप गर्नुहोस् <emph>user_lastname == \"Doe\"</emph>, जहाँ \"Doe\" प्रयोगकर्ताको अन्तिम नाम हो जुन तपाईँ पाठ लुकाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3155573\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र कागजात बचत गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator."
msgstr "लुकाइएको सेक्सनको नाम अझै पनि नेभिगेटरमा देखिन्छ ।"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147777\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:"
msgstr "तलका तालिका प्रयोगकर्ता चलहरूको सूची हो जुन तपाईँ सर्त वा फाँट परिभाषित गर्दा पहुँच गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ:"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User variables"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता चलहरू"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147218\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "अर्थ"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_firstname"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_पहिलोनाम"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147268\n"
"help.text"
msgid "First name"
msgstr "पहिलो नाम"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145592\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_lastname"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_अन्तिमनाम"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145615\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Last name"
msgstr "अन्तिम नाम"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145642\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_initials"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_सुरुआत"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145666\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Initials"
msgstr "सुरुआतहरू"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3151200\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_company"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_कम्पनी"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3151223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Company"
msgstr "कम्पनी"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3151250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_street"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_गल्ली"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152912\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Street"
msgstr "गल्ली"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152940\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_country"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_देश"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152963\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Country"
msgstr "देश"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152990\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_zipcode"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_हुलाकी सङ्केत"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Zip Code"
msgstr "हुलाकी सङ्केत"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145706\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_city"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_शहर"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145729\n"
"help.text"
msgid "City"
msgstr "शहर"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145756\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_title"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता शीर्षक"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145779\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Title"
msgstr "शीर्षक"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156284\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_position"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_स्थिति"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156307\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "स्थिति"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156334\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_tel_work"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_टेल_कार्य"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156357\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Business telephone number"
msgstr "व्यापार टेलिफोन नम्बर"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156384\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_tel_home"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_टेल_गृह"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Home telephone number"
msgstr "गृह टेलिफोन नम्बर"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149756\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_fax"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_फ्याक्स"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fax number"
msgstr "फ्याक्स नम्बर"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149806\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_email"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_इमेल"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147294\n"
"help.text"
msgid "E-mail address"
msgstr "इमेल ठेगाना"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147321\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_state"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता_राज्य"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147344\n"
"help.text"
msgid "State"
msgstr "राज्य"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147392\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">List of operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">सञ्चालनकर्ताहरूको सूची</link>"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Finding and Replacing in Writer"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"bm_id1163670\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id8568681\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id611285\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id6226081\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Find & Replace dialog"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id6702780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id3158970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Find Text"
msgstr "पाठ लुकाउनका लागि:"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id6957304\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2164677\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the text to find in the <emph>Find</emph> text box."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id5684072\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Either click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4377269\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <emph>Find Next</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> again to advance to the next found text."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id1371807\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id924100\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9359416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id5891598\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Replace Text"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id1780755\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2467421\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4286935\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the text to search in the <emph>Find</emph> text box."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9959410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id24109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id703451\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Find</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find Next</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id7540818\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id9908444\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Find Styles"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id8413953\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the \"Heading 2\" style."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2696920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id896938\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Other options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9147007\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Check <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type=\"menuitem\">Find</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id679342\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id3231299\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Find Formats"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id8087405\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id3406170\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2448805\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4542985\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4679403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Format</emph> button."
msgstr "<emph>बन्द</emph> बटन क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id7783745\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id5597094\n"
"help.text"
msgid "More options"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9919431\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id8533280\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4646748\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id2489394\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Navigator"
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9934385\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4159062\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id7421796\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Navigator</link> guide for more information."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id6417432\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window."
msgstr ""

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4639728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document."
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages"
msgstr "जारी पृष्ठहरूको पृष्ठ सङ्ख्याहरू घुसाउँदा"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">नियमित पृष्ठहरूको पृष्ठ सङ्ख्याहरू घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3154242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field."
msgstr "फाँटको प्रयोग गरेर तपाईँ फुटरमा पछिल्लो पृष्ठको पृष्ठ सङ्ख्या सजिलै घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3154256\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The page number is only displayed if the following page exists."
msgstr "यदि निम्न पृष्ठ अवस्थित छ भने यो पृष्ठ सङ्ख्या मात्र प्रदर्शन हुन्छ ।"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr ""

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>."
msgstr "फुटरमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस् र <emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - फाँटहरू - अन्य</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147134\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>फाँट</emph> संवादमा, <emph>कागजात</emph> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150955\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार</emph> सूचीमा 'पृष्ठ' <emph>चयन गर्नुहोस्</emph> सूचीमा 'पछिल्लो पृष्ठ' क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150517\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा </emph>सूचीमा क्रमाङ्कन शैली क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150537\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँ <emph>ढाँचा</emph>मा 'पाठ'चयन गर्नुहुन्छ भने, तपाईँ प्रविष्टि गर्नु भएको पाठ मात्र <emph>मान</emph> बाकसमा फाँटमा प्रदर्शन हुन्छ ।"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150727\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number."
msgstr "फाँट पृष्ठ सङ्ख्या सँग घुसाउनका लागि<emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers in Footers"
msgstr "फुटरहरूमा पृष्ठ सङ्ख्याहरू घुसाउँदा"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155624\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155624\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\">फुटरहरूमा पृष्ठ सङ्ख्याहरू घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id8230842\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form \"Page 9 of 12\""
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"hd_id7867366\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Page Number"
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3150534\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - फाँटहरू - पृष्ठ सङ्ख्या</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3153155\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ भने, तपाईँले पाठ गर्नु चाहनु भएको जस्तै तपाईँ पृष्ठ सङ्ख्या पङ्क्तिबद्व गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"hd_id2988677\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Additionally Add a Page Count"
msgstr ""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3155532\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the page number field, type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type=\"literal\">of</item> and enter another space."
msgstr "पृष्ठ सङ्ख्या फाँट नजिक क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र टाइप गर्नुहोस् \"पृष्ट \", फाँट पछाडि क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, खाली स्थान प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् र  \"को \" टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3155554\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Count</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - फाँटहरू - पृष्ठ गणना</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes"
msgstr "पाद टिप्पणीहरू वा अन्त्य टिप्पणीहरू घुसाउँदा"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">पाद टिप्पणीहरू वा अन्त्य टिप्पणीहरू घुसाउँदा वा सम्पादन</link></variable>"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3154258\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes."
msgstr "पाद टिप्पणीहरूले शीर्षकको बारेमा बढी सूचना पृष्ठको तल सन्दर्भित गर्दछ भने अन्त्यटिप्पणीले सूचना कागजातको अन्त्यमा गर्दछ । $[officename] ले स्वत: पाद टिप्पणीहरू र अन्त्य टिप्पणीहरूको सङ्ख्या गर्दछ ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155881\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr "पाद टिप्पणी वा अन्त्य टिप्पणी घुसाउनका लागि:"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3155903\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ टिप्पणीको एङ्कर राख्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147120\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Footnote or Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - पादटिप्पणी</emph></link>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150937\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Choose</item> button and select the character that you want to use for the footnote."
msgstr "<emph>क्रमाङ्कन </emph>क्षेत्रमा, ढाँचा चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ प्रयोग गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ । यदि तपाईँ चयन गर्नुहुन्छ <emph>क्यारेक्टर</emph>, ब्राउज बटन क्लिक गर्नुहोस् (<emph>...</emph>) र क्यारेक्टर चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ पादटिप्पणीका लागि प्रयोग गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Footnote</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Endnote</item>."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार </emph>क्षेत्रमा, <emph>पादटिप्पणी </emph>वा <emph>अन्त्यटिप्पणी</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150704\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150729\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the note."
msgstr "द्रष्टव्य टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3148843\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155962\" src=\"cmd/sc_solidcreate.png\" width=\"0.1665inch\" height=\"0.1665inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155962\">प्रतिमा</alt></image>"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3153176\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "<emph>पादटिप्पणी सिधा घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> प्रतिमा <emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> उपकरणपट्टीमा क्लिक गरेर तपाईँ पाद टिप्पणीहरू पनि घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155543\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Edit a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr "पाद टिप्पणीहरू वा अन्त्य टिप्पणीहरू सम्पादन गरिँदै"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150167\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document."
msgstr "माउस सूचक हातमा परिवर्तन हुन्छ जब तपाईँ तपाईँको कागजातमा यसलाई पादटिप्पणी वा अन्त्यटिप्पणी एङ्करमा यसलाई राख्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3155563\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text."
msgstr "पादटिप्पणी वा अन्त्यटिप्पणीको पाठ सम्पादन गर्नका लागि, टिप्पणीमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, वा पाठमा टिप्पणीका लागि एङ्कर क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3145029\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the Styles and Formatting window, right-click \"Footnote\" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "पादटिप्पणीको ढाँचा परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि,पादटिप्पणीमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, F11 थिच्नुहोस् शैलीहरू र ढाँचा गरिएको सञ्झ्याल खोल्नका लागि, दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् \"पादटिप्पणी\" सूचीमा, र <emph>परिमार्जन गर्नुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3145062\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp."
msgstr "पादटिप्पणी वा अन्त्यटिप्पणी पाठबाट पाठको टिप्पणी एङ्करमा जानका लागि, <item type=\"keycode\">PageUp</item>थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3145081\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr "पादटिप्पणी वा अन्त्यटिप्पणी एङ्करको क्रमाङ्कन गुणहरू सम्पादन गर्नका लागि, एङ्करको अगाडि क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>सम्पादन - पादटिप्पणी</emph></link>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>."
msgstr "ढाँचा परिवर्तन गर्न जुन $[officename] पाद टिप्पणीहरू र अन्त्य टिप्पणीहरूमा लागू हुन्छ, <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>उपकरणहरू - पाद टिप्पणीहरू</emph></link>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147813\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "पादटिप्पणी वा अन्त्य टिप्पणीहरूका लागि पाठ क्षेत्रको गुणहरू सम्पादन गर्नका लागि, <emph>ढाँचा - पृष्ठ</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , र <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>पादटिप्पणी</emph></link> ट्याब  क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147232\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text."
msgstr "पादटिप्पणी हटाउनका लागि, पाठमा पादटिप्पणी एङ्कर मेट्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Spacing Between Footnotes"
msgstr "पाद टिप्पणीहरू बीचमा खाली स्थान"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147683\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147683\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">पाद टिप्पणीहरू बीचको खाली स्थान</link></variable>"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3145808\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँ पादटिप्पणी वा अन्त्यटिप्पणी बीचमा खाली स्थान बढाउन चाहनुहुन्छ भने, तपाईँ अनुकूल अनुच्छेद शैलीमा माथि र तल किनारा थप गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155603\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a footnote or endnote."
msgstr "पादटिप्पणी वा अन्त्यटिप्पणीमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैली र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3154251\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, \"Footnote\", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "अनुच्छेद शैलीमा दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ परिमार्जन गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, उदाहरणका लागि, \"Footnote\", र रोज्नुहोस् <emph>परिमार्जन गर्नुहोस्</emph> ।"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155884\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>किनाराहरू</emph></link> ट्याबमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3147110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Default</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon."
msgstr "<emph>पूर्वनिर्धारित </emph>क्षेत्रमा, <emph>माथि र तल किनाराहरू मात्र सेट गर्नुहोस्</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150931\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list."
msgstr "<emph>पङ्क्ति</emph> क्षेत्रमा, <emph>शैली </emph>सूचीमा एउटा पङ्क्ति क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150961\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"White\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color</item> box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color."
msgstr "<emph>रङ </emph>बाकसमा \"सेतो\"चयन गर्नुहोस् । यदि पृष्ठको पृष्ठभूमि सेतो छैन भने, रङ चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन पृष्ठभूमि रङका लागि उत्तम सुहाउँदो छ ।"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150519\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box."
msgstr "<emph>सामाग्रीहरू खाली स्थान</emph> क्षेत्रमा, <emph>समक्रमण गर्नुहोस्</emph> जाँच बाकस खाली गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150709\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a value in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Top</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Bottom</item> boxes."
msgstr "<emph>माथि </emph>र <emph>तल </emph>बाकसहरूमा मान प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150740\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3148846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\">ढाँचा - अनुच्छेद - किनाराहरू</link>"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Form Letter"
msgstr "फारम चिठ्ठि सिर्जना गर्दा"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"bm_id3159257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>serial letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>mail merge</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>wizards;form letters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3159257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">Creating a Form Letter</link></variable></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">फारम चिठ्ठी सिर्जना गरिँदै</link></variable></variable>"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_id3150502\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail."
msgstr "फारम चिठ्ठी सिर्जना गर्न, तपाईँलाई पाठ कागजात आवश्यक छ जसले ठेगाना डेटाका लागि फाँटहरू र ठेगाना डाटाबेसहरू समावेश गर्दछ । त्यसपछि चिठ्ठीहरू मुद्रण गर्न वा इमेलद्वारा पठाउनका लागि तपाईँ ठेगाना डेटा समिश्रण गर्नुहोस् वा गाभ्नुहोस् ।"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_id0805200801132382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10653\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">पत्र गाभ्ने विजार्ड</link>ले तपाईँलाई फारम चिठ्ठीहरू सिर्जना गर्न मद्दत गर्दछ ।"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10664\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a form letter"
msgstr "फारम चिठ्ठी सिर्जना गर्न"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN1066B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - पत्र गाभ्ने विजार्ड</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10672\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:"
msgstr "तपाईँ पत्र गाभ्ने विजार्ड संवाद हेर्नुहोस् । तलका थुप्रै सम्भावित तरीकाहरू मध्येको विजार्डको पृष्ठहरू नेभिगेट गर्ने उदाहरण हो:"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10676\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button."
msgstr "<emph>टेम्प्लेटबाट सुरु गर्नुहोस्</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् , र <emph>ब्राउज</emph> बटन क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10681\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog."
msgstr "तपाईँ टेम्प्लेट संवाद हेर्नुहोस् ।"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"literal\">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type=\"literal\">\"Modern\" business letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_id2669759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106BD\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters."
msgstr "अर्कोले अनुगमन गर्दछ <emph>अभिवादन</emph> चरण सिर्जना गर्नुहोस् । <emph>व्यक्तिगत अभिवादन घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> बाकस विचयन गर्नुहोस् । <emph>साधारण अभिवादन तल</emph>, अभिवादन चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ सबै चिठ्ठीहरूको माथि चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column."
msgstr ""

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106D5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge."
msgstr "विजार्डका तलका पृष्ठहरूमा <emph>अर्को</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् । पृष्ठहरू सिर्जना गरियो, र तपाईँ सँग सिर्जना गरिएको कागजातहरू सम्पादन गर्न विकल्प छ ।"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr "मुख्य कागजात र उपकागजातहरू प्रयोग गरिँदै"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>मुख्य कागजातहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सहायक कागजात</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>केन्द्रिय कागजातहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सहायक कागजातहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>कागजातहरू; मुख्य कागजातहरू र सहायक कागजातहरू </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>नेभिगेटर;मुख्य कागजातहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सन्दर्भहरू; मुख्य कागजातहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पुस्तकचिनोहरू; मुख्य कागजातहरू </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अनुक्रमणिकाहरू; मुख्य कागजातहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">मुख्य कागजात र उपकागजातहरू प्रयोग गरिँदै</link></variable>"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3149806\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id6537369\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Characteristics of Master Documents"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed."
msgstr "जब तपाईँ मुख्य कागजात मुद्रण गर्नुहुन्छ, सबै उपकागजातहरूको सामाग्री, अनुक्रमणिकाहरू, र कुनै पाठ जुन तपाईँले प्रविष्टि गर्नुभयो त्यो मुद्रण हुन्छ ।"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments."
msgstr "सबै उपकागजातहरूका लागि मुख्य कागजातमा तपाईँ विषय सूची र अनुक्रमणिका सिर्जना गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id9033783\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3419598\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155180\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit."
msgstr "जब तपाईँ मुख्य कागजातमा कागजात थप गर्नुहुन्छ वा नयाँ उपकागजात सिर्जना गर्नुहुन्छ, मुख्य कागजातमा लिङ्क सिर्जना गरिन्छ । तपाईँ उपकागजातको सामाग्री मुख्य कागजातमा सिधा उपकागजातको सामाग्री सम्पादन गर्न सक्नुहुन्न, तर तपाईँ कुनै उपकागजात सम्पादन गर्न खोल्न नेभिगेटर प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id7904904\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Example of Using Styles"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id5817743\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id9169591\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id1590014\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id5878780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3154382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">मुख्य मोडमा नेभिगेटर</link>"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">मुख्य कागजात र उपकागजातहरू प्रयोग गरिँदै</link></variable>"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id1522873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153127\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Master Document"
msgstr "मुख्य कागजात सिर्जना गर्न:"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149634\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149956\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>फाइल - नयाँ - XML फारम कागजात</emph> रोज्नुहोस।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>फाइल - पठाउनुहोस् - HTML कागजात सिर्जना गर्नुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस्."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item> entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3145114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> icon, and do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "ग्राफिक फाइल अवस्थित गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ, र <emph>खोल्नुहोस्</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3145405\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr "ह्याचेस सूची बचत गर्नका लागि, क्लिक गर्नुहोस् <emph>ह्याचेस सूची</emph> बटन बचत गर्नुहोस्, फाइलनाम प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस्, र क्लिक गर्नुहोस् <emph>बचत</emph> ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id8550981\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT\">मुख्य कागजातमा नयाँ अनुच्छेद घुसाउँदछ जहाँ तपाईँले पाठ घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ ।</ahelp>"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>फाइल - बचत</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Edit a Master Document"
msgstr "मुख्य कागजात सिर्जना गर्न:"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document."
msgstr "मुख्य कागजातमा उपकागजातहरू फेरि मिलाउन र सम्पादन गर्न नेभिगेटर प्रयोग गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3155879\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3155931\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3148677\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149982\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Move down</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Move up</item> icon."
msgstr "मुख्य कागजातमा उपकागजातहरू फेरि क्रम गर्नक लागि, नेभिगेटर सूचीको नयाँ स्थानमा उपकागजात तान्नुहोस् । तपाईँ सूचीमा उपकागजात चयन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, र <emph>तल लैजानुहोस्</emph> वा <emph>माथि लैजानुहोस् </emph>प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153022\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3148949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/res/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153632\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon."
msgstr "मुख्य कागजातमा अनुक्रमणिका अद्यावधिक गर्नका लागि, नेभिगेटरमा अनुक्रमणिका चयन गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>अद्यावधिक गर्नुहोस्</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_idN10C40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object \"to page\". Instead, set the anchor \"to paragraph\" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to \"Entire Page\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes."
msgstr "जब तपाईँ मुख्य कागजातमा एउटा फ्रेम वा तस्वीर जस्तो एउटा वस्तु घुसाउनुहुन्छ, वस्तु \"to page\" एङ्कर नगर्नुहोस् । त्यसको सट्टामा, <emph>ढाँचाबद्ध - (Object type) - प्रकार</emph> ट्याब पृष्ठमा एङ्कर \"to paragraph\" सेट गर्नुहोस्, र त्यसपछि <emph>तेर्सो</emph> र <emph>ठाडो</emph> सूची बाकसहरूमा \"Entire Page\" मा सम्बन्धित वस्तुको स्थिति सेट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153656\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page"
msgstr "नयाँ पृष्ठमा प्रत्येक उपकागजात सुरु गर्न:"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3152760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr "निश्चित गर्नुहोस् कि प्रत्येक उपकागजात शीर्षक सँग सुरु हुन्छ जसले उही अनुच्छेद शैली प्रयोग गर्दछ, उदाहरणका लागि \"शीर्षक १\" ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153876\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the master document, choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "मुख्य कागजातमा,<emph>ढाँचा - शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस् , र <emph>अनुच्छेद शैली</emph> प्रतिमाहरू क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153907\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click \"Heading 1\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "\"अनुच्छेद १\" दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र <emph>परिमार्जन गर्नुहोस्</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3147124\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Flow</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph>पाठ प्रवाह </emph>ट्याव क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149770\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Breaks</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box."
msgstr "<emph>बिच्छेद </emph>क्षेत्रहरूमा,<emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> चयन गर्नुहोस् , र <emph>प्रकार </emph>बाकसमा <emph>पृष्ठ </emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3150224\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select \"Right page\" in the box."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँ प्रत्येक उपकागजात विजोड पृष्ठमा सुरु गर्न चाहनुहनन्छ भने, <emph>पृष्ठ शैली संग</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् , र बाकसमा \"दायाँ पृष्ठ\" चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3145205\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145228\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Export a Master Document as a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Text Document"
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3150315\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Export</item>."
msgstr "<item type=\"menuitem\">फाइल - निर्यात</item>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3148580\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>File format</emph> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Export</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id8371227\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections."
msgstr ""

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3154382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">मुख्य मोडमा नेभिगेटर</link>"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "About Headers and Footers"
msgstr "हेडर र फुटरहरूको बारेमा"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>हेडरहरू;बारेमा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>फुटरहरू;बारेमा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML कागजातहरू; हेडर र फुटरहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">About Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">हेडर र फुटरहरूको बारेमा</link></variable>"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document."
msgstr "हेडर र फुटर क्षेत्रहरू हुन् जुन पृष्ठ सीमान्तहरूको माथि र तल छन्, जहाँ तपाईँ पाठ वा ग्राफिक्स थप गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ । हेडर र फुटरहरू हालको पृष्ठ शैलीमा थप गरिन्छ । कुनै पृष्ठ जसले उही शैली प्रयोग गर्दछ स्वत: हेडर वा फुटर प्राप्त गर्दछ जुन तपाईँले थप गर्नुभएको थियो । तपाईँ <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">फाँटहरू</link>, जस्तै पृष्ठ कागजातहरू र अध्याय अनुच्छेदहरू, पाठ कागजातको हेडर र फुटरहरूमा घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3150511\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>स्थितिपट्टी</emph>मा हालको पृष्ठका लागि पृष्ठ शैली प्रदर्शन गरियो ।"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3155896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3147119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3153726\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages."
msgstr "तपाईँ <emph>ढाँचा - पृष्ठ</emph>छनोट पनि गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ , <emph>हेडर</emph> वा <emph>फुटर </emph>ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् , र <emph>हेडर </emph>वा <emph>फुटरमा</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् ।<emph>उही सामाग्री बायाँ/दायाँ</emph> यदि तपाईँ मिल्दो र अमिल्दो पृष्ठहरूका लागि छुट्टै हेडर र फुटर परिभाषित गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ भने जाँच बाकसमा खाली गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3146876\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा छुट्टै हेडर वा फुटरहरू प्रयोग गर्न, तपाईँले तिनीहरूलाई थप गर्नै पर्दछ <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">भिभिन्न पृष्ठ शैलीहरूमा</link>, र पछि पृष्ठहरूमा शैलीहरू लागू गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ हेडर वा फुटर देखिएको चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150704\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headers and Footers in HTML Documents"
msgstr "HTML कागजातहरूमा हेडर र फुटरहरू"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3150717\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted."
msgstr ""

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3153174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">पृष्ठ शैलीहरू</link>"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Different Headers and Footers"
msgstr "बिभिन्न हेडर र फुटरहरू परिभाषित गर्दा"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>defining; headers/footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>mirrored page layout</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">बिभिन्न हेडर र फुटरहरू परिभाषित गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style."
msgstr "पृष्ठहरूले बिभिन्न पृष्ठ शैलीहरू प्रयोग गरेसम्म तपाईँको कागजातको पृष्ठहरूमा तपाईँ बिभिन्न हेडर र फुटरहरू प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ । $[officename] बिभिन्न पूर्वपरिभाषित पृष्ठ शैलीहरू प्रदान गर्दछ, जस्तै <emph>पहिलो पृष्ठ</emph>, <emph>बायाँ पृष्ठ</emph> र <emph>दायाँ पृष्ठ</emph>, वा तपाईँ अनुकूल पृष्ठ शैली सिर्जना गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page</item> tab, and in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page layout</item> box."
msgstr "तपाईँ सजावट पृष्ठ सजावट पनि प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ यदि तपाईँ पृष्ठ शैलीमा हेडर थप गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ भने जुनमा बिभिन्न भित्री र बाहिरी पृष्ठ सीमान्तहरू छन् । यो विकल्प पृष्ठ शैलीमा लागू गर्न, <emph>ढाँचा - पृष्ठ</emph> रोज्नुहोस्, <emph> पृष्ठ</emph> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र<emph> सजावट छायाकरण</emph> क्षेत्रमा, <emph> पृष्ठ सजावट</emph> बाकसमा <emph> सजावट</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150224\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document."
msgstr "उदाहरणका लागि, तपाईँ कागजातमा जोडी र विजोडी पृष्ठहरूका लागि बिभिन्न हेडरहरू परिभाषित गर्न पृष्ठ शैलीहरू प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150929\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a new text document."
msgstr "नयाँ पाठ कागजात खोल्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150946\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles and Formatting sidebar deck."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस् र शैलीहरू र ढाँचा सञ्झ्यालमा <emph>पृष्ठ शैलीहरू</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150510\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "पृष्ठ शैलीहरूको सूचीमा \"दायाँ पृष्ठ\" दायाँ-क्लिक  गर्नुहोस् र <emph>परिमार्जन गर्नुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150536\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठ शैली</emph> संवादमा, <emph>हेडर </emph>ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153750\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph> हेडर </emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् र त्यसपछि <emph>प्रबन्धक</emph> ट्याबमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3146865\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Left Page\"."
msgstr "<emph>पछिल्लो शैली </emph>बाकसमा, \"बायाँ पृष्ठ\" चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3146889\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150714\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, right-click \"Left Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph> सञ्झ्यालमा, पृष्ठ शैलीहरूको सूचीमा \"बायाँ पृष्ठ\" दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र  <emph>परिमार्जन गर्नुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150748\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठ शैली</emph> संवादमा, <emph>हेडर </emph>ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153172\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph> हेडर </emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् र त्यसपछि <emph>प्रबन्धक</emph> ट्याबमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147061\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Right Page\"."
msgstr "<emph>पछिल्लो शैली </emph>बाकसमा, \"दायाँ पृष्ठ\" चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147086\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page."
msgstr "हालको पृष्ठमा शैली लागू गर्न पृष्ठ शैलीहरूको सूचीमा  \"दायाँ पृष्ठ\" डबल-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145284\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style."
msgstr "बायाँ पृष्ठ शैलीका लागि हेडरमा पाठ वा ग्राफिक्स प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् । तपाईँको कागजातमा अर्को पृष्ठ थप गरिए पछि, दायाँ पृष्ठ शैलीका लागि हेडरमा पाठ वा ग्राफिक्स प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr "हेडर वा फुटरमा अध्याय नाम र सङ्ख्या घुसाउदा"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>हेडरहरूमा शीर्षकहरू चालू गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>हेडरहरूमा शीर्षकहरू प्रवाह गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>हेडरहरू; अध्याय सूचना</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>हेडरहरयमा अध्याय नामहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>नामहरू; हेडरहरूमा अध्याय नामहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">हेडर वा फुटरमा अध्याय नाम र सङ्ख्या घुसाउदा</link></variable>"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the chapter numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154244\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles"
msgstr "अध्याय शीर्षकहरूका लागि अनुच्छेद शैली सिर्जना गर्न:"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155874\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Chapter Numbering.</item>"
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155898\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr "<emph>शैली </emph>बाकसमा, अनुच्छेद शैली चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ अध्याय शीर्षकहरूका लागि प्रयोग गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, उदाहरणका लागि, \"अनुच्छेद १\" ।"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147124\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number</item> box, for example, \"1,2,3...\"."
msgstr "अध्याय शीर्षकहरूका लागि <emph>सङ्ख्या </emph>बाकसमा क्रमाङ्कन शैली चयन गर्नुहोस् , उदाहरणका लागि, \"१,२,३...\" ।"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150219\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type \"Chapter\" followed by a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before</item> box."
msgstr "<emph>पहिले </emph>बाकसमा खाली स्थान बाट पछ्छयाईएको \"अध्याय\" टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">After</item> box."
msgstr "<emph>पछि </emph>बाकसमा एउटा खाली स्थान प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150505\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr "हेडर वा फुटरमा अध्याय नाम र सङ्ख्या घुसाउन:"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150527\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document."
msgstr "अनुच्छेद शैली लागू गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँले तपाईँको कागजातमा अध्याय शीर्षकहरूका लागि परिभाषित गर्नुभयो ।"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153729\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153762\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the header or footer."
msgstr "हेडर वा फुटरमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3146863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Document</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् -</emph><emph>फाँटहरू - अन्य</emph>रोज्नुहोस्, र <emph>प्रकार्य</emph> ट्याबहरू क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153175\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Chapter\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and \"Chapter number and name\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार </emph>सूचीमा \"अध्याय\" र <emph>ढाँचा </emph>सूचीमा \"अध्याय सङ्ख्या र नाम\" क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147065\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र त्यसपछि <emph>बन्द गर्नुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147095\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number."
msgstr "प्रत्येक पृष्ठमा हालको पृष्ठ शैली प्रयोग गर्ने हेडरले स्वत: अध्याय नाम र सङ्ख्या प्रदर्शन गर्दछ ।"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Formatting Headers or Footers"
msgstr "हेडर र फुटरहरू ढाँचा गर्दा"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154866\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>हेडरहरू तल लाइनहरू; घुसाउदा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>लाइनहरू; तल हेडरहरू/माथि फुटरहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>हेडरहरू; ढाँचा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>फुटरहरू;ढाँचा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>छायाँहरू;हेडर/फुटर</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>हेडर/फुटरहरूका लागि; किनाराहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154866\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">हेडर वा फुटरहरू ढाँचा गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3154243\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer."
msgstr "हेडर वा फुटरको पाठमा तपाईँ सिधा ढाँचा गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ । तपाईँ हेडर वा फुटर फ्रेममा आधारित पाठको खाली स्थान समायोजन पनि गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ वा हेडर वा फुटरमा किनारा लागू गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item> and select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - पृष्ठ </emph>रोज्नुहोस् र <emph>हेडर </emph>वा <emph>फुटर </emph>ट्याब चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3147109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the spacing options that you want to use."
msgstr "तपाईँले प्रयोग गर्न चाहनु भएको खाली स्थान विकल्प सेट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3147128\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type=\"menuitem\">More</item>. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Border/Background</item> dialog opens."
msgstr "हेडर वा फुटरमा किनारा वा छाँया थप गर्न,<emph>अरू बढी</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् । <emph>किनारा/पृष्ठभुमि </emph>संवाद खुल्दछ ।"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150520\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3153742\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hiding Text"
msgstr "पाठ लुकाउँदा"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; hiding</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections;hiding</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs;hiding</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding;text, with conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>variables;for hiding text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">पाठ लुकाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150103\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met."
msgstr "यदि सर्त मिल्यो भने तपाईँको कागजातमा तपाईँ फाँटहरू र सेक्सनहरू पाठ लुकाउन वा प्रदर्शन गर्न तपाईँ फाँटहरू प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text."
msgstr "तपाईँले पाठ लुकाई सक्नुभन्दा अगाडि,पाठ लुकाउनका लागि सर्तमा प्रयोग गर्न तपाईँले पहिला चल सिर्जना गर्नुपर्दछ ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id5174108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Variable"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153131\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र <emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - फाँटहरू - अन्य</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149640\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click \"Set Variable\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr "<emph>चलहरू </emph>ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र <emph>प्रकार </emph>सूचीमा  \"चल सेट गर्नुहोस्\" क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"General\" in the <emph>Format </emph>list."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा</emph>सूचीमा \"साधारण\" क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">Hide</item>."
msgstr "<emph>नाम </emph>बाकसमा चलको नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस् , उदाहरणका लागि, \"लुकाउनुहोस्\" ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149869\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a value for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">1</item>."
msgstr "<emph>मान </emph>बाकसमा चलका लागि मान प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस्, उदाहरणका लागि, \"१\" ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा चल लुकाउनका लागि, <emph>अदृश्य</emph> चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149585\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide Text"
msgstr "पाठ लुकाउनका लागि:"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145391\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to add the text."
msgstr "तपाईँले थप गर्न चाहनु भएको पाठको कागजात क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>अन्य - फाँटहरू - घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> रोज्नुहोस् र <emph>प्रकार्य </emph>ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155325\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Hidden Text\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार </emph>सूचीमा \"लुकेको पाठ\"क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154404\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr "<emph>सर्त </emph>बाकसमा एउटा भनाई प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् । उदाहरणका लागि, चल प्रयोग गरेर तपाईँले अगाडि परिभाषित र्नु भयो, \"Hide==1\" प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153371\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box."
msgstr "<emph>लुकाइएको पाठ </emph>बाकसमा पाठ टाइप गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ लुकाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154256\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide a Paragraph"
msgstr "अनुच्छेद लुकाउनका लागि:"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154853\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text."
msgstr "तपाईँले थप गर्न चाहनु भएको पाठमा अनुच्छेद क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>अन्य - फाँटहरू - घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> रोज्नुहोस् र <emph>प्रकार्य </emph>ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155902\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Hidden Paragraph\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार </emph>सूचीमा \"Hidden Paragraph\" क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155947\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr "<emph>सर्त </emph>बाकसमा एउटा भनाई प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् । उदाहरणका लागि, चल प्रयोग गरेर तपाईँले अगाडि परिभाषित र्नु भयो, \"Hide==1\" प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149991\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3793450\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148675\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide a Section"
msgstr "सेक्सन लुकाउनका लागि:"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3148697\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to hide in your document."
msgstr "पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँले कागजातमा लुकाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153019\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - सेक्सन</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3148950\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr "<emph> लुकाइएको</emph> क्षेत्रमा,<emph> लुकाउनुहोस्</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस्, र <emph> सर्त</emph> बाकसमा अभिव्यक्त्ति प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् । उदाहरणका लागि, चल प्रयोग गरेर तपाईँले पहिले परिभाषित गर्नुभयो, \"Hide==1\" प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153636\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3846858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id8148442\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3148603\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\">Insert - Field - More Fields</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\">अन्य - फाँटहरू - घुसाउनुहोस्</link>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147011\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">Insert - Section</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">सेक्सन - घुसाउनुहोस्</link>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147029\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">सञ्चालनकर्ताहरूको सूची</link>"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Displaying Hidden Text"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पाठ; प्राथमिकिकरण गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठ प्राथमिकिकरण गर्दा</bookmark_value>"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id5659962\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3152777\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3153902\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable."
msgstr "चलको अगाडि क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँले लुकाइएको पाठ परिभाषित गर्न प्रयोग गर्नु भएको थियो, र चलका लागि बिभिन्न मान प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3147114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement."
msgstr "लुकाइएको अनुच्छेद फाँटका लागि लुकाइएको पाठ फाँट अगाडि डबल-क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र अवस्था कथन परिवर्तन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id1865901\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
msgstr ""

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3147029\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">सञ्चालनकर्ताहरूको सूची</link>"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator"
msgstr "नेभिगेटर सँग हाइपरलिङ्कहरू घुसाउदा"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>हाइपरलिङ्कहरू; नेभिगेटरबाट घुसाउँदा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>घुसाउँदा; नेभिगेटरबाट हाइपरलिङ्कहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>छड्के-सन्दर्भ; नेभिगेटर सँग घुसाउँदा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>थप गर्दा;हाइपरलिङ्कहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>नेभिगेटर;हाइपरलिङ्कहरू घुसाउँदा</bookmark_value>"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">नेभिगेटर सँग हाइपरलिङ्कहरू घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा नेभिगेटर प्रयोग गरेर  तपाईँ छड्के-सन्दर्भ हाइपरलिङ्कको रूपमा घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ । तपाईँ अरू कागजातहरूबाट<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> सन्दर्भ चीजहरू छड्के गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ । कागजात खोलिएको बेला यदि तपाईँले हाइपरलिङ्क क्लिक गर्नुभयो भने <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, तपाईँलाई छड्के-सनदर्भ चीजमा लगिन्छ ।"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3149833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "तपाईँ छड्के-सन्दर्भ गर्न चाहनु भएको वस्तुहरू समाविष्ट भएको कागाजात(हरू) खोल्नुहोस् ।"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3148846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon."
msgstr "मानक पट्टीमा, <emph>नेभिगेटर</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert as Hyperlink</item> is selected."
msgstr "<emph>तान्नुहोस् मोड</emph> प्रतिमा पछाडि बाँण क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>हाइपरलिङ्कको रूपमा घुसाउनुहोस् </emph>चयन गरियो भन्ने कुरा निश्चित गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "नेभिगेटरको तल सूचीमा, कागजात चयन गर्नुहोस् चीज समावेश गरेको जुन तपाईँ छड्के-सन्दर्भ चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink."
msgstr "नेभिगेटर सूचीमा, योगफल सङ्केत क्लिक गर्नुहोस् चीज पछाडिको जुन तपाईँ हाइपरलिङ्कको रूपमा घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153133\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document."
msgstr "तपाईँले कागजातमा घुसाउन चहनुभएको हाइपरलिङ्कमा वस्तु तान्नुहोस् ।"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3149635\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink."
msgstr "कच गरिएको हाइपरलिङ्कको रूपमा कागजातमा घुसाइएको चीजको नाम ।"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words"
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id5640125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your text is <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:"
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3153634\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>"
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3153658\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित शव्दकोष </emph>सूचीमा शव्दकोष चयन गर्नुहोस् , र <emph>सम्पादन</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3147125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary."
msgstr "यदि सूची खाली छ भने, शव्दकोष सिर्जना गर्नका लागि <emph>नयाँ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3150218\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, \"pretentious=\"."
msgstr "<emph> शव्द</emph> बाकसमा, शव्द टाइप गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ योजक चिन्हबाट झिक्न चाहनुहुन्छ, समान संकेबाट अनुगमन गरिएको (=), उदाहरणका लागि, \"pretentious=\"."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3150247\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>नयाँ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र त्यसपछि <emph>बन्द गर्नुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3147036\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select \"None\" in the <emph>Language </emph>box."
msgstr "योजक चिन्हबाट शव्द द्रुत रूपमा झिक्नका लागि, शव्द चन गर्नुहोस्, <emph>ढाँचा - क्यारेक्टर</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ,  <emph>फन्ट </emph>ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>भाषा </emph>बाकसमा \"कुनै पनि होइन\"चयन गर्नुहोस् ."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262761\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK."
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262837\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur."
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break</item>."
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910572128\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character."
msgstr ""

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3154361\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">पाठ प्रवाह</link>"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indenting Paragraphs"
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155869\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"hd_id129398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Indenting Paragraphs</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id5589159\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the measurement units, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id9936216\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id7953123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Ruler</item>."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id4013794\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id1631824\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id7271645\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id2136295\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id4186223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type=\"menuitem\">First line</item>."
msgstr ""

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id1491134\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries"
msgstr "अनुक्रमणिका र तालिका सम्पादन वा मेट्दा"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">अनुक्रमणिका र तालिका प्रविष्टिहरू सम्पादन गरिँदै र तालिका प्रविष्टिहरू गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View</item> and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Field Shadings</item> is selected."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा अनुक्रमणिका प्रविष्टिहरू फाँटको रूपमा घुसाइन्छ । तपाईँको कागजातमा फाँटहरू हेर्नका लागि, <emph>दृश्य </emph> रोज्नुहोस् र <emph>फाँट छायाकरण </emph>चयन गरियो भनेर निश्चित गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155507\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा अनुक्रमणिका प्रविष्टिको नजिकै कर्सर तुरुन्त राख्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155526\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:"
msgstr "<emph>सम्पादन - अनुक्रमणिका प्रविष्टि</emph>रोज्नुहोस्, र तलका मध्ये एक गर्नुहोस्:"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3154238\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box."
msgstr "<emph>लुकाइएको पाठ </emph>बाकसमा पाठ टाइप गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ लुकाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3154263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "डाटाबेस फाइल चयन गर्नुहोस र <emph>मेट्नुहोस</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस।"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155893\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा अनुक्रमणिका प्रविष्टिहरू मार्फत चक्र गर्नका लागि, <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> संवाद</link> मा पछिल्लो वा अघिल्लो बाँण क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents"
msgstr "अनुक्रमणिकाहरू र सामाग्रीका तालिकाहरू अद्यावधिक गर्दा, सम्पादन र मेट्दा"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>अनुक्रमणिकाहरू; सम्पादन/अद्यावधिक गर्दा/मेट्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>विषय सूची; सम्पादन  गर्दा र मेट्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सामाग्रीहरूको अनुक्रमणिकाहरू/तालिकाहरू;अद्यावधिक गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सामाग्रीहरूको अनुक्रमणिकाहरू/तालिकाहरू;सम्पादन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सामाग्रीहरूको अनुक्रमणिकाहरू/तालिकाहरू;मेटाउदा</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\">अनुक्रमणिकाहरू र सामाग्रीका तालिकाहरू अद्यावधिक गर्दा, सम्पादन र मेट्दा </link></variable>"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the index or table of contents."
msgstr "अनुक्रमणिका वा सामाग्रीका तालिकामा कर्सर राख्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155871\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Enable cursor</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Protected Areas</item> section."
msgstr ""

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu."
msgstr "दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र मेनुबाट सम्पादन विकल्प रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>, click <emph>Type</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> check box."
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr "अनुक्रमणिका वा विषय सूचीहरूको प्रविष्टिहरू परिभाषित गर्दा"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\">अनुक्रमणिका सामाग्री प्रविष्टिहरूको तालिका परिभाषित गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155862\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define Index Entries"
msgstr "अनुक्रमणिका प्रविष्टिहरू परिभाषित गर्दा"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3156380\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry."
msgstr "शव्दमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, वा तपाईँको कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ अनुक्रमणिका प्रविष्टिको रूपमा प्रयोग गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</item>, and do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153417\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document."
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3154258\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा चल लुकाउनका लागि, <emph>अदृश्य</emph> चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155889\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "पङ्क्ति शैलीहरू फाइल बचत गर्नका लागि, क्लिक गर्नुहोस् <emph>बचत पङ्क्ति शैलीहरू</emph> बटन, फाइलनाम प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस्, र क्लिक गर्नुहोस् <emph>ठीक छ</emph>"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr "सामाग्रीका प्रविष्टिहरूको तालिका परिभाषित गर्दा"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147132\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents."
msgstr "विषय सूची उत्पादन गर्न उत्तम तरीका भनेको पूर्वपरिभाषित शीर्षक अनुच्छेद शैलीहरू लागू गर्ने हो, जस्तै \"अनुच्छेद १\", अनुच्छेदहरूमा जुन तपाईँ विषय सूचीमा समावेश गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ । तपाईँ अनुकूल अनुच्छेद शैलीहरू पनि प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, लामो समय सम्म जुन तपाईँले पूर्वपरिभाषित रूपरेखा तहहरूको एउटामा प्रदान गर्नुभएको थियो ।"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150230\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry"
msgstr "सामाग्री प्रविष्टिहरूको तालिकाको रूपमा अनुकूल अनुच्छेद शैली प्रयोग गर्नका लागि:"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150933\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - </item><item type=\"menuitem\">Chapter</item><item type=\"menuitem\"> Numbering</item> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150964\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr "<emph>अनुच्छेद शैली</emph> बाकसमा अनुच्छेद शैली चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ विषय सूचीमा समावेश गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150523\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to."
msgstr "<emph>तह</emph> सूचीमा, श्रृङ्खलाकल तह क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ अनुच्छेद शैली लागू गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153730\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् । तपाईँ अब तपाईँको कागजातमा शैली शीर्षकहरूमा लागू गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ र तिनीहरूलाई तपाईँको विषय सूचीमा समावेश गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents"
msgstr "अनुक्रमणिका वा विषय सूची ढाँचा गर्दा"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">अनुक्रमणिका वा विषय सूची ढाँचा गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3154259\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog."
msgstr "तपाईँ बिभिन्न अनुच्छेद शैलीहरू लागू गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, प्रविष्टिहरूमा हाइपरलिङ्कहरू प्रदान गर्नुहोस्, अनुक्रमणिकाहरूको सजावट परिवर्तन गर्नुहोस्, र अनुक्रमणिकाहरूको पृष्ठभूमि रङ परिवर्तन गर्नुहोस् <emph>अनुक्रमणिका</emph> संवाद घुसाउनुहोस् ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155888\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level"
msgstr "अनुक्रमणिका तहमा बिभिन्न अनुच्छेद शैली लागू गर्न:"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3147110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
msgstr "सामाग्रीहरूको अनुक्रमणिका वा तालिकामा दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र  <emph>सम्पादन अनुक्रमणिका/तालिका</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3147135\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab."
msgstr "<emph>शैलीहरू </emph>ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150229\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list."
msgstr "<emph>तहहरू </emph>सूचीमा अनुक्रमणिका तह क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150934\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list."
msgstr "<emph>अनुच्छेद शैली </emph>सूचीमा शैली क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ लागू गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150960\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the assign button <emph><</emph>."
msgstr "<emph><</emph>मानाङ्कन बटन क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150516\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146878\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents"
msgstr "विषयसूचीहरूको प्रविष्टिहरूमा हाइपरलिङ्कहरू मानाङ्कन गर्न:"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3146890\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents."
msgstr "विषयसूचीहरूको प्रविष्टिहरूमा हाइपरलिङ्कको रूपमा तपाईँ छड्के-सन्दर्भ प्रदान गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150712\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
msgstr "विषयसूचीहरूमा दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>सम्पादन अनुक्रमणिका/तालिका</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150738\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab."
msgstr "ट्याबमा <emph>प्रविष्टिहरू</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3148399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to."
msgstr "शीर्षक तह क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ हाइपरलिङ्कहरू <emph>तह </emph>सूचीको रूपमा प्रदान गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3148424\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>बनावट </emph>क्षेत्रमा, <emph>E#</emph> अगाडि बाकसमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् , र <emph>हाइपरलिङ्क</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3153171\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>E</emph> पछाडि बाकसमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र  <emph>हाइपरलिङ्क</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3147060\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels."
msgstr "प्रत्येक शीर्षक तहका लागि दोहोर्याउनुहोस् जुन तपाईँ हाइपरलिङ्कका लागि सिर्जना गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, वा  सबै तहहरूमा ढाँचा लागू गर्न <emph>सबै तहहरू</emph> बटन क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating Alphabetical Indexes"
msgstr "वर्णानुक्रम अनुक्रमणिकाहरू सिर्जना गर्दा"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>कन्कोर्डेन्स फाइलहरू;अनुक्रमणिकाहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अनुक्रमणिकाहरू; वर्णानुक्रम अनुक्रमणिकाहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>वर्णानुक्रम अनुक्रमणिकाहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">बर्णानुक्रम अनुक्रमणिकाहरू सिर्जना गरिँदै</link></variable>"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ अनुक्रमणिका घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3154252\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3155884\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Type</emph> tab, select \"Alphabetical Index\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3147114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Concordance file</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँ कन्कोर्डेन्स फाइल प्रयोग गर्न चाहनुहन्छ भने,<emph>विकल्प </emph>क्षेत्रमा <emph>कन्कोर्डेन्स फाइल</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस्, <emph>फाइल</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र हट्दै गरेको फाइल अवस्थित गर्नुहोस् वा नयाँ कन्कोर्डेन्स फाइल सिर्जना गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3150223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab."
msgstr "अनुक्रमणिकाका लागि ढाँचा विकल्प कि त हालको ट्याबमा, वा संवादको कुनै अरू ट्याबहरूमा सेट गर्नुहोस् । उदाहरणका लागि, यदि तपाईँ तपाईँको अनुक्रमणिकामा एक्लो अक्षर प्रयोग गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ भने,<emph>प्रविष्टिहरू</emph> ट्याब  क्लिक गर्नुहोस् , र <emph>वर्णानुक्रम डेलिमिटर</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् । अनुक्रमणिकामा तहहरूको ढाँचा तहहरू परिवर्तन गर्न, <emph>शैली</emph> ट्याबहरू क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3150946\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3150502\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
msgstr "अनुक्रमणिका अद्यावधिक गर्नका लागि, अनुक्रमणिकामा दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>अनुक्रमणिका/तालिका अद्यावधिक गर्नुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3152760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\">Creating a concordance file</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\">कन्कोर्डेन्स फाइल सिर्जना गरिँदै</link>"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Bibliography"
msgstr "सन्दर्भ सूची सिर्जना गरिँदै"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149687\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>अनुक्रमणिकाहरू;सन्दर्भ सूची सिर्जना गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>डाटाबेसहरू;सन्दर्भ सूची सिर्जना गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सन्दर्भ सूचीहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>प्रविष्टिहरू;सन्दर्भ सूचीहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सन्दर्भ सूचीत सूचनाहरू भण्डारण गर्दा</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149687\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">सन्दर्भ सूची सिर्जना गरिँदै</link></variable>"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3155864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document."
msgstr "सन्दर्भ सूची कार्यहरूको सूची हो जुन तपाईँले कागजातमा सन्दर्भ गर्नुभयो ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Storing Bibliographic Information"
msgstr "सन्दर्भ सूची सूचना बचत गर्दा"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document."
msgstr "$[officename] ले सन्दर्भ सूची डाटाबेसमा वा व्यक्तिगत कागजातमा, सन्दर्भ सूची सूचना सङ्ग्रह गर्दछ ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154244\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Store Information in the Bibliography Database"
msgstr "सन्दर्भ सूची डाटाबेसमा सूचना बचत गर्न:"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>उपकरणहरू - सन्दर्भ सूची डाटाबेस</emph></link>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3155900\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - रेकर्ड</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3147123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes."
msgstr "सन्दर्भ सूची प्रविष्टिहरूका लागि <emph>छोटो नाम </emph>बाकसमा नाम प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् , र बाँकी बाकसहरूको रेकर्डमा थप सूचना थप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150219\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bibliography Database</item> window."
msgstr "<emph> सन्दर्भ सूची डाटाबेस</emph> सञ्झ्याल बन्द गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document"
msgstr "व्यक्तिगत कागजातमा सन्दर्भ सूची सूचना सङ्ग्रह गर्न:"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150945\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ सन्दर्भ सूची प्रविष्टि थप्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150964\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - अनुक्रमणिकाहरू र तालिकाहरू - सन्दर्भ सूची प्रविष्टि</emph></link> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150525\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>कागजात सामाग्रीबाट</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस्  र <emph>नयाँ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153738\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box."
msgstr "सन्दर्भ सूची प्रविष्टिका लागि <emph>छोटो नाम </emph>बाकसमा नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153763\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the publication source for the record in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार </emph>बाकसमा रेकर्डका लागि प्रकाशन स्रोत चयन गर्नुहोस् , र बाँकी बाकसहरूमा थप सूचना थप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3146873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3146897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> dialog, click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "<emph>सन्दर्भ सूची प्रविष्टि घुसाउनुहोस् </emph>संवादमा, <emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph>, र <emph>बन्द गर्नुहोस्</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150741\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database"
msgstr "सन्दर्भ सूची डाटाबेसबाट सन्दर्भ सूची प्रविष्टिहरू घुसाउँदा"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3148402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ सन्दर्भ सूची प्रविष्टि थप्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3148421\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - अनुक्रमणिका र तालिकाहरू - सन्दर्भ सूची प्रविष्टि</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153231\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>सन्दर्भ सूची डाटाबेसबाट</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3147059\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box."
msgstr "<emph>छोटो नाम </emph>बाकसमा सन्दर्भ सूची प्रविष्टिको नाम चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ प्रविष्टि गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3147085\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र त्यसपछि <emph>बन्द गर्नुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3156060\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">Bibliography Database</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">सन्दर्भ सूची डाटाबेस</link>"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id6367076\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example is called <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indexes Covering Several Documents"
msgstr "अनुक्रमणिकाहरूले छोपेको बिभिन्न कागजातहरू"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;multiple documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>multiple documents;indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>master documents;indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>अनुक्रमणिकाहरू;बहुँविद कागजातहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>बहुँविद कागजातहरू;अनुक्रमणिकाहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अनुक्रमणिकाहरू;गाँभ्दा</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\">अनुक्रमणिकाहरूले छोपेको बिभिन्न कागजातहरू</link></variable>"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:"
msgstr "त्यहाँ अनुक्रमणिका सिर्जना गर्न धेरै तरीकाहरू छन् जसले बिभिन्न कागजातहरू स्प्यान गर्दछ:"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create an <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them."
msgstr "एउटा<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">अनुक्रमणिका प्रत्येक कागजातमा</link>सिर्जना गर्नुहोस् , एक्लो कागजातमा अनुक्रमणिकाहरू प्रतिलिपि बनाउनुहोस् र टाँस्नुहोस्, र तिनीहरूलाई सम्पादन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3147118\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select each index, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose               <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button, and then locate and insert a named index section."
msgstr ""

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150230\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
msgstr "एउटा <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">मुख्य कागजात</link>सिर्जना गर्नुहोस्, फाइलहरू थप गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ अनुक्रमणिका उपकागजातहरूको रूपमा समावेश गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, र <emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - अनुक्रमणिका र तालिकाहरू - अनुक्रमणिकाहरू र तालिकाहरू</emph>छनोट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Table of Contents"
msgstr "सामाग्रीको तालिकाहरू सिर्जना गर्दा"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>सिर्जना गर्दा; विषय सूची</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>विषय सूचीहरू; सिर्जना गर्दा र अद्यावधिक गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अद्यावधिक गर्दा; विषय सूची</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">Creating a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">सामाग्रीका तालिकाहरू सिर्जना गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150942\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents."
msgstr "तालिकाहरूको सामाग्रीहरू उत्पादन गर्ने उत्तम तरीका भनेको पूर्वपरिभाषित शीर्षक अनुच्छेद शैलीहरू लागू गर्ने हो, जस्तै \"अनुच्छेद १\", अनुच्छेदहरूमा जुन तपाईँ विषय सूचीमा समावेश गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ । तपाईँले यो छायाकरण लागू गरेपछि, तपाईँ पछि विषय सूची सिर्जना गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"hd_id5876949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table of Contents"
msgstr "विषयसूचीहरू अद्यावधिक गर्दा"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150510\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ विषय सूची सिर्जना गर्न चाहनुहुन्थ्यो ।"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150528\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Type\"><emph>Type</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153746\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Table of Contents\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr "<emph> प्रकार </emph>बाकसमा\"समग्रीहरूको सूची\" चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3146856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr "तपाईँले चाहनु भएको कुनै विकल्प चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3146872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3146896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional Styles</item> check box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Create from</item> area, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item> button next to the check box. In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the chapter level for the paragraph style."
msgstr ""

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153148\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Update a Table of Contents"
msgstr "विषयसूचीहरू अद्यावधिक गर्दा"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153161\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153183\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
msgstr "विषय सूचीमा दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र <emph>अनुक्रमणिका/तालिका अद्यावधिक गर्नुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3147066\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - अद्यावधिक - सबै अनुक्रमणिका र तालिकाहरू</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User-Defined Indexes"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित अनुक्रमणिकाहरू"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>अनुक्रमणिकाहरू; प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित अनुक्रमणिका सिर्जना</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित अनुक्रमणिकाहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">User-Defined Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित अनुक्रमणिकाहरू</link></variable>"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3155184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want."
msgstr "तपाईँले जति चाहनुहुन्छ त्यति प्रयोगकर्ता-अनुक्रमणिकाहरू सिर्जना गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a User-Defined Index"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित अनुक्रमणिका सिर्जना गर्दा"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3155867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index."
msgstr "शव्द वा शव्दहरू चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित थप गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3153410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - अनुक्रमणिका र तालिकाहरू - सन्दर्भ सूची प्रविष्टि</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index</item> box."
msgstr "<emph>अनुक्रमणिका </emph>बाकस पछाडिको <emph>नयाँ प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित अनुक्रमणिका</emph> बटन क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the index in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "<emph>नाम</emph>बाकसमा अनुक्रमणिकाका लागि नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस्  र <emph>ठीक छ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3147114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index."
msgstr "नयाँ अनुक्रमणिकामा चयन शव्द(हरू) थप गर्नका लागि <emph> घुसाउनुहोस्</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3147139\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150231\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a User-Defined Index"
msgstr "प्रयोगकर्ता-परिभाषित अनुक्रमणिका घुसाउँदा"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150933\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr "कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ अनुक्रमणिका घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150952\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150509\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box."
msgstr ""

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3146881\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr "तपाईँले चाहनु भएको कुनै विकल्प चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3146897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150720\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional styles</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item> button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the chapter level for the paragraph style."
msgstr ""

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page"
msgstr "पृष्ठको माथि तालिका अगाडि पाठ घुसाउँदा"

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;start/end of document</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;inserting before/after tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before/after tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>तालिकाहरू;कागजातको सुरु/अन्त</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अनुच्छेदहरू;तालिका अघि/पछि घुसाउँदा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>घुसाउँदा; तालिका अघि/पछि अनुच्छेदहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\">पृष्ठको माथि तालिका अगाडि पाठ घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"par_id3155923\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>."
msgstr ""

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"par_idN10612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Graphics"
msgstr "ग्राफिक्स घुसाउँदा"

#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics\">Inserting Graphics</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics\">ग्राफिक्स घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"par_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document."
msgstr "पाठ कागजातमा ग्राफिक वस्तु घुसाउन त्यहाँ थुप्रै तरीकाहरू छन् ।"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Graphic From a File"
msgstr "फाइलबाट ग्राफिक घुसाउँदा"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Graphic From a File\">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Graphic From a File\">फाइलबाट ग्राफिक घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155914\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic."
msgstr "कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ ग्राफिक घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Image - From File\"><emph>Insert - Image - From File</emph></link>."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3156021\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr "ग्राफिक फाइल अवस्थित गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ, र <emph>खोल्नुहोस्</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in."
msgstr "पूर्वनिर्धारित द्वारा, घुसाइएको ग्राफिक अनुच्छेद माथि केन्द्रित हुन्छ जुन तपाईँले क्लिक गर्नुभयो ।"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document"
msgstr "Calc चित्रपट पाठ कागजातमा घुसाउँदा"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"bm_id3152999\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152999\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\">पाठ कागजातमा Calc चित्रपट घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3155890\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet."
msgstr "तपाईँले स्प्रेडसिटमा चित्रपट डेटा परिमार्जन गर्दा तपाईँ चित्रपटको प्रतिलिपि घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ जुन अद्यावधिक भएको छैन ।"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3149054\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to."
msgstr "पाठ कागजात खोल्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ चित्रपट प्रतिलिपि गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy."
msgstr "स्प्रेडसिट खोल्नुहोस् जुनले चित्रपट समावेश गरेको छ जुन तपाईँ प्रतिलिपि गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear."
msgstr "स्प्रेडसिटमा, चित्रपट क्लिक गर्नुहोस् । आठ ह्यान्डलहरू देखिन्छन् ।"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document."
msgstr "पाठ कागजातमा स्प्रेडसिटबाट चित्रपट तान्नुहोस् ।"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3145102\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart."
msgstr "तपाईँ पाठ कागजातमा चित्रपट रिसाइज गर्न र लैजान सक्नुहुन्छ जुन तपाईँले पाठ गर्नुहुन्थ्यो । चित्रपट डेटा सम्पादन गर्न, चित्रपटमा डबल-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress"
msgstr "$[officename] चित्र वा इम्प्रेसबाट ग्राफिक्स घुसाउँदा"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures from Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Draw</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पाठ; चित्राङ्कनबाट चित्रहरू घुसाउँदा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>चित्रहरू; चित्राङ्कनबाट घुसाउँदा</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\">$[officename] C चित्राङ्कन वा इम्प्रेसबाट ग्राफिक्स घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr "कागजात खोल्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ वस्तु घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3149640\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy."
msgstr "चित्राङ्कन वा इम्प्रेस कागजात खोल्नुहोस् जसले वस्तु समावेश गर्दछ जुन तपाईँ प्रतिलिपि गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for a moment."
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">विकल्प</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>समाउनुहोस्  र वस्तु क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र समाउनुहोस् ।"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3156250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag to the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr "कागजातमा तान्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ वस्तु घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्थ्यो ।"

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop"
msgstr "सङ्ग्रहालयबाट ग्राफिक्स तान्ने-र-छोड्ने सँगै घुसाउँदा"

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;objects from Gallery</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">सङ्ग्रहालयबाट ग्राफिक्स तान्ने र छोड्ने सहित घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"par_id3155907\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation."
msgstr "तपाईँ पाठ कागजातमा सङ्ग्रहालयबाट एउटा वस्तु तान्न-र-छोड्न सक्नुहुन्छ, स्प्रेडसिट, चित्राङ्कन, वा प्रस्तुति ।"

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"par_id3155923\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object."
msgstr "सङ्ग्रहालय वस्तु बदल्नका लागि जुन तपाईँले कागजातमा घुसाउनुभयो, Shift+Ctrl समाउनुहोस्, र वस्तुमा बिभिन्न सङ्ग्रहालय वस्तु तान्नुहोस् ।"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Scanned Image"
msgstr "स्क्यान गरिएको छवि घुसाउँदा"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156017\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>घुसाउँदा;स्क्यान गरिएको छविहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>चित्रहरू; स्क्यान</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>चित्रहरू स्क्यान</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156017\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\">Inserting a Scanned Image</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\">स्क्यान गरिएको छवि घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3149692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed."
msgstr "स्क्यान गरिएको छवि घुसाउनका लागि, स्क्यानर तपाईँको प्रणालीमा जडित भएको हुनुपर्दछ र स्क्यानर सफ्टवेयर चालकहरू स्थापना भएको हुनुपर्दछ ।"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">The scanner must support the SANE standard.</caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">स्क्यानरले TWAIN मानकलाई समर्थन दिनुपर्दछ । </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">स्क्यानरले SANE मानकलाई समर्थन दिनुपर्दछ । </caseinline></switchinline>"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image."
msgstr "कागजात क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ स्क्यान गरिएको छवि घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्थ्यो ।"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3155864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Media - Scan\"><emph>Insert - Media - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu."
msgstr ""

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Follow the scanning instructions."
msgstr "स्क्यान गरिएको निर्देशनहरू अनुगमन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists"
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कन र गोलिचिन्ह सूचीहरूको रूपरेखा तह परिवर्तन गरिँदै"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145078\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>levels;changing outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowering outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rising outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;outline levels</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>सूचीहरूमा घुसाउँदा; ट्याब रोकिन्छ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>क्रमाङ्कन; को तह परिवर्तन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सूचीहरू;तहहरू परिवर्तन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>तहरू;रूपरेखा तहहरू परिवर्तन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>गोली चिन्ह सूचीहरू;तहहरू परिवर्तन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>रूपरेखा तहहरू कम गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>रूपरेखा तहहरू बढाउँदा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>रूपरेखा तहहरू;परिवर्तन</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145078\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">क्रमाङ्कन र गोलिचिन्ह सूचीहरूको रूपरेखा तह परिवर्तन गरिँदै </link></variable>"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab."
msgstr "सङ्ख्या दिइएको वा गोलिचिन्ह अनुच्छेद रूपरेखा तह तल लैजानका लागि, अनुच्छेदको सुरुमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र ट्याब थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155859\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab."
msgstr "सङ्ख्या दिइएको वा गोलिचिन्ह अनुच्छेद रूपरेखा तह तल लैजानका लागि, अनुच्छेदको सुरुमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र Shift+Tab थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3153403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab."
msgstr "नम्बर वा गोली चिन्ह र अनुच्छेद पाठ बीच ट्याब घुसाउन, अनुच्छेदको सुरुआतमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र त्यसपछि  <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Combining Numbered Lists"
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कित सूचीहरू संयोजन"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150495\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>क्रमाङ्कन; संयोजन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>क्रमाङ्कित सूचीहरू;गाँभ्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>क्रमाङ्कित सूचीहरू;जडान</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सूचीहरू;क्रमाङ्कित सूचीहरू संयोजन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अनुच्छेदहरू;अनियमित क्रमाङ्कन</bookmark_value>"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150495\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">Combining Numbered Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">सङ्ख्या दिइएको सूचीहरू समिश्रण गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list."
msgstr "तपाईँ सङ्ख्या दिइएको सूचीहरू एकल क्रमागत तरीकाले सङ्ख्या दिइएको सूचीमा समिश्रण गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149452\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Combine Consecutive Numbered Lists"
msgstr "क्रमागत सङ्ख्या दिइएको सूचीहरू समिश्रण गर्न:"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3154479\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select all of the paragraphs in the lists."
msgstr "सूचीहरूमा अनुच्छेदहरू सबै चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा</emph> पट्टीमा, <emph>क्रमाङ्कन सुरु/बन्द </emph>प्रतिमा दोब्बर क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155870\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Numbered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs:"
msgstr "क्रमागत नभएको अनुच्छेदहरूबाट सङ्ख्या दिइएको सूची सिर्जना गर्न:"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3153417\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character."
msgstr "Ctrl समाउनुहोस् र पहिलो सङ्ख्या दिइएको अनुच्छेदमा चयन तान्नुहोस् । तपाईँले मात्र एउटा क्यारेक्टर चयन गर्नुपर्दछ ।"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine."
msgstr "Ctrl समाउने काम सुचारू गर्नुहोस्, र सूचीहरूको प्रत्येक सङ्ख्याको अनुच्छेदमा चयन तान्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ समिश्रण गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3145102\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा</emph> पट्टीमा, <emph>क्रमाङ्कन सुरु/बन्द </emph>प्रतिमा दोब्बर क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Going to Specific Bookmark"
msgstr "निश्चित पुस्तकचिनोमा जाँदै"

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning cursor</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>jumping;to bookmarks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific Bookmark\">Going to Specific Bookmark</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific Bookmark\">निर्दिष्ट पुस्तकचिनोमा जाँदै</link></variable>"

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"par_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">hold down Ctrl and click </caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा निर्दिष्ट पुस्तकचिनोमा जानका लागि, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">समाउनुहोस् Ctrl र क्लिक गर्नुहोस् </caseinline><defaultinline>दायाँ-क्लिक</defaultinline></switchinline> यसमा <emph>पृष्ठ</emph> फाँटमा <emph>स्थितिपट्टीमा</emph>, र पुस्तकचिनो रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\">Insert Bookmark</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\">पुस्तकचिनो घुसानुहोस्</link>"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)"
msgstr "सर्टकट कुञ्जीहरू प्रयोग गर्दा ($[officename] राइटर पहुँचता)"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"bm_id3151169\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>कुञ्जीपाटी; उपलब्धता $[officename] राइटर</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>उपलब्धता; $[officename] राइटर</bookmark_value>"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151169\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\">सर्टकट कुञ्जीहरू प्रयोग गर्दा ($[officename] राइटर पहुँचता)</link></variable>"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3149685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the keys <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> menu, and then T to insert a table."
msgstr "मेनु खोल्नका लागि Alt+<underlined character> कुञ्जीहरू  थिच्नुहोस् । खुला मेनुमा, आदेश चालू गर्नका लागि कच गरिएको क्यारेक्टर थिच्नुहोस् । उदाहरणका लागि,<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् </emph>मेनु खोल्नका लागि Alt+I, र तालिका घुसाउनका लागि T थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape."
msgstr "सामाग्री मेनु खोल्नका लागि, Shift+F10 थिच्नुहोस् । सामाग्री मेनु बन्द गर्नका लागि, Escape थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert Sections"
msgstr "सेक्सनहरू घुसाउँदा"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_idN106AA\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> उपकरणपट्टी खोल्नका लागि <emph>दृश्य - उपकरणपट्टीहरू - घुसाउनुहोस्</emph>उपकरणपट्टी रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155870\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> toolbar."
msgstr "फोकस<emph> घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> उपकरणपट्टीमा हुँदासम्म F6 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3149630\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr "<emph>सेक्सन</emph> प्रतिमा चयन नभए सम्म दायाँ बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3145100\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert."
msgstr "तल बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस्, र सेक्सनको चौडाइ सेट गर्नका लागि दायाँ बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3156237\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr "Enter थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3156253\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr "कागाजतको भित्रपट्टि कर्सर सार्न F6 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153367\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert Text Tables"
msgstr "पाठ तालिकाहरू घुसाउँदा"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3153388\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item> toolbar."
msgstr "फोकस<emph> मानक</emph> उपकरणपट्टीमा भएसम्म F6 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3154849\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr "<emph>तालिका</emph> प्रतिमा चयन नगरे सम्म दायाँ बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table."
msgstr "तालिकामा समावेश गर्नका लागि तल बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस्, र स्तम्भहरूको सङ्ख्या चयन गर्नका लागि बाँण कुञ्जीहरू प्रयोग गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155892\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr "Enter थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_idN1072C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr "कागाजतको भित्रपट्टि कर्सर सार्न F6 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Styles From Another Document or Template"
msgstr "अरू कागजात वा टेम्प्लेटबाट शैलीहरू प्रयोग गर्दा"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145086\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>शैलीहरू ढाँचा गर्दा; आयात गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>शैलीहरू; अरू फाइलहरूबाट आयात गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>आयात गर्दा;अन्य फाइलहरूबाट शैलीहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>लोड गर्दा;अन्य फाइलहरूबाट शैलीहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145086\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">अरू कागजात वा टेम्प्लेटबाट शैलीहरू प्रयोग गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154491\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can import styles from another document or template into the current document."
msgstr "हालको कागजातमा तपाईँ अर्को कागजात वा टेम्प्लेटबाट तपाईँ शैलीहरू आयात गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3155910\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> sidebar deck."
msgstr "<emph>शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph> सञ्झ्याल खोल्नका लागि <emph>ढाँचा - शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_idN10703\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu."
msgstr "सबमेनु खोल्नका लागि <emph>नयाँ शैली पछि चयन</emph> भन्दा अगाडिको प्रतिमा बाँण क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_idN1070B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Load styles</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>शैलीहरू लोड गर्नुहोस्</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149632\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>."
msgstr "शैली प्रकारहरू चयन गर्न संवादको तलमा जाँच बाकसहरू प्रयोग गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ आयात गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ । हालको कागजातमा शैलीहरू बदल्नका लागि जुन सँग उही नाम छ जुन तपाईँ आयात गर्दा हुनुहुन्छ, <emph>अधिलेखन</emph> चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "टेम्प्लेटहरू <emph>तल</emph>, डिजाइन सँग टेम्प्लेट चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ लागू गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ. टेम्प्लेट पूर्वदृश्यका लागि, क्लिक गर्नुहोस् <emph>बढी</emph>, र चयन गर्नुहोस् <emph>पूर्वदृश्य </emph>बाकस"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr "फाइल पाठ सहित अवस्थित गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ थप गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, र क्लिक गर्नुहोस् <emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph>."

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer"
msgstr "$[officename] राइटर प्रयोग गर्नलाई निर्देशनहरू"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>$[officename] राइटर; निर्देशनहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>निर्देशनहरू; $[officename] राइटर</bookmark_value>"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">$[officename] राइटर प्रयोग गर्नलाई निर्देशनहरू</link></variable>"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155156\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr "पाठलाई प्रविष्टि गर्दा र ढाँचा गर्दा"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatically Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr "पाठ स्वत: प्रविष्टि गर्दा र ढाँचा गर्दा"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150742\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields"
msgstr "शैलीहरू प्रयोग गर्दा, क्रमाङ्कन पृष्ठहरू, फाँटहरू प्रयोग गर्दा"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing Tables in Text"
msgstr "पाठमा तालिकाहरू सम्पादन गरिँदै"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155590\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork"
msgstr "छविहरू, चित्राङ्कनहरू, क्लिपआर्ट, फन्टवर्क"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Table of Contents, Index"
msgstr "विषय सूची, अनुक्रमणिका"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150427\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headings, Types of Numbering"
msgstr "शीर्षकहरू, क्रमाङ्कनको प्रकारहरू"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154464\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headers, Footers, Footnotes"
msgstr "हेडरहरू, फुटरहरू, पाद टिप्पणीहरू"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152948\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing Other Objects in Text"
msgstr "पाठमा अन्य वस्तुहरू सम्पादन गरिँदै"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154324\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation"
msgstr "हिज्जे, शव्दकोषहरू, योजक चिन्ह"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145673\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards"
msgstr "फारम चिठ्ठीहरू, लेबुलहरू र व्यावशायिक कार्डहरू"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145730\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Working with Documents"
msgstr "कागजातहरू सँग कार्य गर्दा"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156315\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "विविध"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Navigator for Text Documents"
msgstr "पाठ कागजातहरूका लागि नेभिगेटर"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">Navigator for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">पाठ कागजातहरूका लागि नेभिगेटर</link></variable>"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Navigator displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks."
msgstr ""

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3154247\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5."
msgstr "<emph>नेभिगेटर </emph>खोल्नका लागि, F5 थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3155878\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातको स्थानमा द्रुत रूपमा जानका लागि, चीज सूचीमा डबल-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन <emph>नेभिगेटर</emph> सञ्झ्यालमा छ ।"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3147108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">नेभिगेटर</link>"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating Non-printing Text"
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id4685201\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create text that is not to be printed do the following:"
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149789\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "<emph>फ्रेम - घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150224\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame."
msgstr "फ्रेममा पाठ प्रविष्टि गराउनुहोस् र चाहनुहुन्छ भने, फ्रेमको साइज मिलाउनुहोस् ।"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab."
msgstr ""

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145227\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box."
msgstr "<emph>गुणहरू</emph> क्षेत्रमा, <emph>मुद्रण</emph>जाँच बाकस खाली गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150320\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3138828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
msgstr ""

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables"
msgstr "तालिकाहरूमा सङ्ख्या चिनारी सुरु वा बन्द गर्दा"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156383\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbers; automatic recognition in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; number recognition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>dates;formatting automatically in tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>recognition;numbers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पाठ तालिकाहरूमा सङ्ख्या चिनारी</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>तालिकाहरू; सङ्ख्या चिनारी</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>मितिहरू;तालिकाहरूमा स्वचालित तरीकाले ढाँचा</bookmark_value>"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156383\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\">तालिकाहरूमा सङ्ख्या पहिचान सुरु वा बन्द गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3155179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system."
msgstr "$[officename] ले मितिहरू स्वत: ढाँचा गर्दछ जुनतपाईँले तालिकामा प्रविष्टि गर्नुभयो, क्षेत्र छायाकरणको आधारमा जुन तपाईँको सञ्चालन प्रणालीमा निश्चित गरियो ।"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3149966\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> command."
msgstr "तालिका कक्षमा दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र <emph>सङ्ख्या पहिचान</emph>रोज्नुहोस् । जब यो सुविधा खुला हुन्छ, <emph>सङ्ख्या पहिचान </emph>आदेशको नजिक जाँच चिन्ह प्रदर्शन हुन्छ ।"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3155527\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> check box."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - विकल्प - %PRODUCTNAME राइटर - तालिका</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , र  <emph>सङ्ख्या पहिचान </emph>जाँच बाकस चयन गर्नुहोस् वा खाली गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3153415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Text Document - Table\">उपकरणहरू - विकल्प - %PRODUCTNAME राइटर - तालिका</link>"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Number Ranges"
msgstr "सङ्ख्या दायराहरू परिभाषित गर्दा"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;quotations/similar items</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">Defining Number Ranges</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">सङ्ख्या दायराहरू परिभाषित गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document."
msgstr "तपाईँ तपाईँको कागजातमा स्वत: समान चीजहरू सङ्ख्या गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, जस्तै उध्द्वरणहरू ।"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, \"Quotation Number \"."
msgstr "पाठ टाइप गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ क्रमाङ्कनमा प्रदान गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, उदाहरणका लागि, \"उध्द्वरण सङ्ख्या \" ।"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3155048\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् -</emph><emph>फाँटहरू - अन्य</emph> रोज्नुहोस् , र  <emph>चल</emph> ट्याबहरू क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Number range\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार </emph>सूचीमा \"सङ्ख्या दायरा\" क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3153363\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type \"Quotation\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box."
msgstr "<emph> नाम</emph>बाकसमा \"उध्द्वरण\" टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3153387\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3154250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a number in the <emph>Value</emph> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering."
msgstr ""

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3154851\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box."
msgstr "पटकहरूको सङ्ख्या चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ एनिमेसन अनुक्रम दोहोरिएको चाहनुहुन्छ <emph>लूप गणना </emph>बाकसमा (दायाँ बाकस)."

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "क्लिक गर्नुहोस् <emph>घुसाउनु</emph>, र क्लिक गर्नुहोस् <emph>बन्द</emph>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Line Numbers"
msgstr "पङ्क्ति सङ्ख्याहरू थप गर्दा"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>paragraphs;line numbers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lines of text; numbering</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\">Adding Line Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\">पङ्क्ति सङ्ख्याहरू थप गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3149842\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers."
msgstr "$[officename] ले स्वत: गणना र पङ्क्ति सङ्ख्याहरू सम्पूर्ण कागजातको पङ्क्तिहरूमा थप गर्दछ वा तपाईँको कागजातमा अनुच्छेदहरू चयन गर्न पङ्क्ति सङ्ख्याहरू समावेश गरिन्छ जब तपाईँ तपाईँको कागजात मुद्रण गर्नुहुन्छ, तर पङ्क्ति सङ्ख्याको सुरु, र कि त खाली पङ्क्तिहरू वा फ्रेममा पङ्क्तिहरू गणना गर्न तपाईँले कागजात HTML को रूपमा बचत गरेको बेला होइन तपाईँ पङ्क्ति क्रमाङ्कन अवधि निश्चित गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ । तपाईँ पङ्क्ति सङ्ख्याहरू बीचमा विभाजक पनि थप गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id7184972\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document"
msgstr "सम्पूर्ण कागजातमा पङ्क्ति सङ्ख्याहरू थप गर्न:"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3149640\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - रेखा क्रमाङ्कन</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want."
msgstr "<emph>क्रमाङ्कन देखाउनुहोस्</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस्, र तपाईँले चाहनु भएको विकल्प चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3145101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs"
msgstr "निर्दिष्ट अनुच्छेदहरूहरूमा पङ्क्ति सङ्ख्याहरू थप गर्न:"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3156264\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - रेखा क्रमाङ्कन</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153385\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>क्रमाङ्कन देखाउनुहोस्</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "<emph>शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph> सञ्झ्याल खोल्नका लागि F11 थिच्नुहोस् , र <emph>अनुच्छेद शैलीहरू</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3154853\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the \"Default\" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "\"पूर्वनिर्धारित\" अनुच्छेद शैली दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र <emph>परिमार्जन गर्नुहोस्</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150222\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All paragraph styles are based on the \"Default\" style."
msgstr "सबै अनुच्छेद शैलीहरू \"पूर्वनिर्धारित\" शैलीमा आधारित छन ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150931\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150956\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Numbering</item> area, clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box."
msgstr "<emph>पङ्क्ति क्रमाङ्कन </emph>क्षेत्रमा, <emph> लाइन क्रमाङ्कनमा यो अनुच्छेद समावेश गर्नुहोस् </emph>जाँच बाकस खाली गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150520\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3151077\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers."
msgstr "अनुच्छेद(हरू) चयन गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ पङ्क्ति सङ्ख्याहरू थप गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3151096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153733\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>यो अनुच्छेद पङ्क्ति क्रमाङ्कनमा समावेश गर्नुहोस्</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3146864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to."
msgstr "तपाईँ अनुच्छेद शैली पनि सिर्जना गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ जसले पङ्क्ति क्रमाङ्कन समावेश गर्दछ, र यसलाई अनुच्छेदहरूमा लागू गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ पङ्क्ति सङ्ख्याहरू थप गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146880\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Specify the Starting Line Number"
msgstr "सुरु लाइन सङ्ख्या निर्दिष्ट गर्न:"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150703\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a paragraph."
msgstr "अनुच्छेदमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150721\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3148389\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box."
msgstr "<emph>यो अनुच्छेद पङ्क्ति क्रमाङ्कनमा समावेश गर्नुहोस् </emph>जाँच बाकसमा चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3148414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Restart at the paragraph</item> check box."
msgstr "<emph>अनुच्छेदमा पुन: सुरु </emph>जाँच बाकस चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153779\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a line number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start with</item> box."
msgstr "<emph>सँग सुरु गर्नुहोस्</emph>बाकसमा पङ्क्ति सङ्ख्या प्रविष्टि गराउनुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153804\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153934\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">Tools - Line Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">उपकरणहरू - पङ्क्ति क्रमाङ्कन</link>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153960\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">ढाँचाबद्ध - अनुच्छेद - क्रमाङ्कन</link>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id2212591\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List"
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कित सूचीमा क्रमाङ्कन परिमार्जन"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; removing/interrupting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting numbering</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>deleting;numbers in lists</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\">क्रमाङ्कित सूचीमा क्रमाङ्कन परिमार्जन</link></variable>"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3145092\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with."
msgstr "सङ्ख्या सूचीको अनुच्छेदबाट तपाईँ क्रमाङ्कन हटाउन सक्नुहुन्छ वा सङ्ख्या परिवर्तन गर्नुहोस् जुन सङ्ख्या सूची सँगै सुरु हुन्छ ।"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id2172612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Chapter Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145107\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List"
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कन सूचीमा अनुच्छेदबाट सङ्ख्या हटाउन:"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3156248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from."
msgstr "अनुच्छेदको पहिलो क्यारेक्टरको अगाडि क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँबाट तपाईँ क्रमाङ्कन हटाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3153366\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3153390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key."
msgstr "सूचीमा गोलिचिन्हको हाइरार्किकल तह परिवर्तन गर्न, अनुच्छेदको अगाडि क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र ट्याब कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस्."

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With"
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कित सूची सुरु हुने सङ्ख्याहरू परिवर्तन गर्न:"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3155877\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click anywhere in the numbered list."
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कित सूचीको कुनै ठाउँमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - गोलिचिन्हहरू र क्रमाङ्कन</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , र <emph>विकल्प</emph> ट्याबहरू क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3148691\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start at</item> box."
msgstr ""

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3147116\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id6943571\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr ""

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks"
msgstr "पृष्ठ बिच्छेदहरू घुसाउँदा र मेट्दा"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155183\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page breaks; inserting and deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages; inserting/deleting page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>manual page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;deleting page breaks before</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पृष्ठ बिच्छेदन हुन्छ; घुसाउँदा र मेट्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>घुसाउँदा; पृष्ठ बिच्छेदन हुन्छ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>मेट्दा;पृष्ठ बिच्छेदन हुन्छ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पृष्ठहरू; घुसाउँदा/मेट्दा पृष्ठ बिच्छेदन हुन्छ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>म्यानुअल पृष्ठ बिच्छेदन हुन्छ</bookmark_value>"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155183\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">पृष्ठ बिच्छेदहरू घुसाउँदा र मेट्दा</link></variable>"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Manual Page Break"
msgstr "म्यानुअल पृष्ठ बिच्छेद घुसाउन:"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want the new page to begin."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ नयाँ पृष्ठ सुरु गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3153119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Ctrl+Enter."
msgstr "Ctrl+Enter थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153135\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break"
msgstr "हाते पृष्ठ बिच्छेद मेट्नका लागि:"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3149641\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break."
msgstr "पृष्ठको पहिलो क्यारेक्टरमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुनले म्यानुअल पृष्ठ बिच्छेद अनुगमन गर्दछ ।"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3149608\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Backspace."
msgstr "ब्याकस्पेस थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149624\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table"
msgstr "तालिका अगाडि देखिने म्यानुअल पृष्ठ बिच्छेद मेटाउनका लागि:"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3145111\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>."
msgstr "तालिकामा दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>तालिका</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3156254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>पाठ प्रवाह</emph></link> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3153380\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box."
msgstr "<emph>बिच्छेद</emph> जाँच बाकस खाली गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3154249\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">बिच्छेदन संवाद घुसाउनुहोस्</link>"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing Page Backgrounds"
msgstr "पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमिहरू परिवर्तन"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"bm_id8431653\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>backgrounds; different pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमिहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पृष्ठ शैलीहरू;पृष्ठभूमिहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पृष्ठभूमिहरू; बिभिन्न पृष्ठहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>परिवर्तन;पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमिहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पृष्ठहरू;पृष्ठभूमिहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN107F4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Changing Page Background</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमिहरू परिवर्तन</link></variable>"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10812\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages."
msgstr "$[officename] कागजायको पृष्ठहरूमा पृष्ठभूमि निश्चित गर्न पृष्ठ शैलीहरू प्रयोग गर्दछ । उदाहरणका लागि, वाटरमार्क कागजात एक वा बढी पृष्ठहरूको पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमि परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि, तपाईँले पृष्ठ शैली सिर्जना गर्न आवश्यक छ जसले पानीचिन्ह पृष्ठभूमि प्रयोग गर्दछ, र पृष्ठहरूमा पृष्ठ शैली लागू गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Background"
msgstr "पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमि परिवर्तन गर्न"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10827\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैली र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1082F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठ शैलीहरू</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10837\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "पृष्ठ शैलीहरूको सूचीमा, एउटा वस्तु बायाँ क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र त्यसपछि <emph>नयाँ</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1083F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr "<emph>प्रबन्धक</emph> ट्याबमा, <emph>नाम</emph> बाकसमा नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1084B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page."
msgstr "<emph>पछिल्लो शैली</emph> बाकसमा, तपाईँले पछिल्लो पृष्ठमा लागू गर्न चाहनु भएको पृष्ठ शैली चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To only apply the new page style to a single page, select \"Default\"."
msgstr "तपाईँले चाहनु भएको पृष्ठहरूमा पृष्ठ शैली लागू गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10859\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1085F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठभूमि</emph>ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page."
msgstr "तपाईँ ठोस रङ चाहनुहुन्छ वा ग्राफिक माथि सूची बाकसमा, चयन गर्नुहोस् । त्यसपछि ट्याब पृष्ठबाट तपाईँको विकल्प चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1086B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1087A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document"
msgstr "कागजातमा सबै पृष्ठहरूको पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमि परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1087E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
msgstr "तपाईँले सुरु गर्नुभन्दा पहिले, तपाईँले सिर्जना गर्नु भएको पृष्ठ शैलीले पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमि प्रयोग गर्दछ भन्ने निश्चिन्त हुनुहोस् । विस्तृतका लागि <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमि परिवर्तन गर्न</link> हेर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10892\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैली र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1089A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठ शैलीहरू</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108A2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply."
msgstr "पृष्ठ शैलीमा डबल-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जसले पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमि प्रयोग गर्दछ जुन तपाईँ लागू गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108A5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document"
msgstr "उही कागजातमा बिभिन्न पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमिहरू प्रयोग गर्न"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108A9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
msgstr "तपाईँले सुरु गर्नुभन्दा पहिले, तपाईँले सिर्जना गर्नु भएको पृष्ठ शैलीले पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमि प्रयोग गर्दछ भन्ने निश्चिन्त हुनुहोस् । विस्तृतका लागि <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमि परिवर्तन गर्न</link> हेर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108BD\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background."
msgstr "अनुच्छेदको पहिलो क्यारेक्टर अगाडि क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमि परिवर्तन गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108C1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - म्यानुअल बिच्छेद</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108C9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठ विच्छेद</emph> चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108D1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select a page style that uses the page background."
msgstr "<emph>शैली </emph>बाकसमा, पृष्ठ शैली प्रयोग गर्नुहोस् जसले पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमि प्रयोग गर्दछ ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108DB\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to \"Default\"."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108DF\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style."
msgstr ""

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108E2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँ कागजातमा पृष्ठ पृष्ठभूमि पछि परिवर्तन गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ भने, १ देखि ३ चरणहरू दोहोर्याउनुहोस् ।"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108E8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Page Numbers"
msgstr "पृष्ठ सङ्ख्याहरू"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"bm_id5918759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page styles;page numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>starting page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;starting page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;page numbers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id413830\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\">Page Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Outline Numbering\">रूपरेखा क्रमाङ्कन</link></variable>"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1617175\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id6091494\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert Page Numbers"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id8611102\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph> to insert a page number at the current cursor position."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id6604510\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you see the text \"Page number\" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - Field names</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id2678914\n"
"help.text"
msgid "However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id614642\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header - (name of page style)</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer - (name of page style)</item> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id2551652\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Start With a Defined Page Number"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id6111941\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id5757621\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click into the first paragraph of your document."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id2632831\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - अनुच्छेद</emph> रोज्नुहोस।"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4395275\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1654408\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id7519150\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Format the Page Number Style"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id9029206\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3032319\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id9139378\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id5051728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Different Page Number Styles"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1558885\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1541184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id18616\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id6138492\n"
"help.text"
msgid "An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different \"next style\"."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4569231\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, the \"First Page\" page style has \"Default\" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the \"next style\"."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id291451\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3341776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you just press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page break without a change of styles."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id5947141\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1911679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id9364909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4473403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click into the first page of your document."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4313791\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैली र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4331797\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , र <emph>अनुच्छेद शैली</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4191717\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the \"First Page\" style."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id2318796\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now your title page has the style \"First Page\", and the next pages automatically have the \"Default\" style."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id399182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can now for example insert a footer for the \"Default\" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id5298318\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change"
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id7588732\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id95828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3496200\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id7599108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)"
msgstr "पृष्ठ अभिमुखीकरण परिवर्तन (ल्यान्डस्केप वा पोर्ट्रेट)"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"bm_id9683828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पृष्ठ शैलीहरू;अभिमुखीकरण</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पृष्ठ ढाँचाहरू; व्यक्तिगत पृष्ठहरू परिवर्तन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ढाँचा गर्दा; व्यक्तिगत पृष्ठहरू परिवर्तन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पोर्ट्रेट र ल्यान्डस्केप</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ल्यान्डस्केप र पोर्ट्रेट</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>मुद्रण;पोर्ट्रेट/ल्यान्डस्केप ढाँचा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पृष्ठहरूको अभिमुखीकरण</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पृष्ठ अभिमुखीकरण</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पृष्ठ अभिमुखीकरण</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पृष्ठहरूको साइडवे अभिमुखीकरणहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN106FF\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Changing Page Orientation</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">पृष्ठ अभिमुखीकरण परिवर्तन</link></variable>"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6418042\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id8324533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id7524033\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6307260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id5256508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - पृष्ठ</emph> रोज्नुहोस।"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id9681997\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>प्रतिस्थापन</emph> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id7994323\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id7069002\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id4202398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN1071D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text."
msgstr "कागजातमा पृष्ठहरूको अभिमुखीकरण निश्चित गर्नका लागि $[officename] पृष्ठ शैलीहरू प्रयोग गर्दछ । उदाहरणका लागि, कागजातमा ल्यान्डस्केपको पोर्ट्रेटबाट एक वा बढी कागजातको पृष्ठ अभिमुखीकरण परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि, तपाईँले पृष्ठ शैली सिर्जना गर्नुपर्ने आवश्यक छ जुनले ल्यान्डस्केप अभिमुखीकरण प्रयोग गर्दछ, र पृष्ठहरूमा पृष्ठ शैली लागू गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1449324\n"
"help.text"
msgid "At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1480758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id2962126\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10727\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैली र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10741\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठ शैलीहरू</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10749\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style."
msgstr "दायाँ-क्लिक, र <emph>नयाँ</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10751\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example \"My Landscape\"."
msgstr "<emph>प्रबन्धक</emph> ट्याबमा, <emph>नाम</emph> बाकसमा नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN1075D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page."
msgstr "<emph>पछिल्लो शैली</emph> बाकसमा, तपाईँले पछिल्लो पृष्ठमा लागू गर्न चाहनु भएको पृष्ठ शैली चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10775\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>प्रतिस्थापन</emph> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN1077D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN108AE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1658375\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now you have defined a proper page style with the name \"My Landscape\". To apply the new style, double-click the \"My Landscape\" page style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the \"next style\" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id6082949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Scope of Page Styles"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id2858668\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id3278603\n"
"help.text"
msgid "One Page Long Styles"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id5169225\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the \"next style\", on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6670125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a \"soft page break\". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id2118594\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item> and just click OK."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id166020\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Manually Defined Range of a Page style"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6386913\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The “Default” page style does not set a different \"next style\" on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the \"next style\" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by \"page breaks with style\". All the pages between any two \"page breaks with style\" use the same page style."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6062196\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a \"page break with style\" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the \"page break with style\" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6054261\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Perform any one of the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1811578\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a \"page break with style\" at the cursor position, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id9935911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id4753868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id4744407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating and Applying Page Styles"
msgstr "पृष्ठ शैलीहरू लागू र सिर्जना गर्दा"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"bm_id7071138\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पृष्ठ शैलीहरू;सिर्जना र लागू गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>लागू गर्दा;पृष्ठ शैलीहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>परिभाषित गर्दा;पृष्ठ शैलीहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">पृष्ठ शैलीहरू सिर्जना र लागू गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page."
msgstr "पृष्ठको सजावट निश्चित गर्नका लागि, पृष्ठ अभिमुखीकरण, पृष्ठभूमि, सीमान्तहरू, हेडरहरू, फुटरहरू, र, पाठ स्तम्भहरू समावेश गर्दा $[officename] ले पृष्ठ शैलीहरू प्रयोग गर्दछ । कागजातमा व्यक्तिगत पृष्ठ सजावट परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि, तपाईँले पृष्ठमा अनुकूल पृष्ठ शैली सिर्जना र लागू गर्नुपर्नेछ ।"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define a New Page Style"
msgstr "नयाँ पृष्ठ शैली परिभाषित गर्न:"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153133\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठ शैलीहरू</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149641\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "पृष्ठ शैलीहरूको सूचीमा, एउटा वस्तु बायाँ क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र त्यसपछि <emph>नयाँ</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr "<emph>प्रबन्धक</emph> ट्याबमा, <emph>नाम</emph> बाकसमा नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3156252\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153376\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style."
msgstr ""

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154252\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "संवादमा ट्याबहरू पृष्ठका लागि सजावट विकल्प सेट गर्न प्रयोग गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154851\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Page Style"
msgstr "पृष्ठ शैली लागू गर्न:"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to."
msgstr "पृष्ठमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ पृष्ठ शैली लागू गर्न चाहनुहुन्थ्यो ।"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3155888\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Style</item> icon."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , र <emph> पृष्ठ शैली</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3148685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click a name in the list."
msgstr "सूचीमा नाम डबल क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148701\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Page Style to a New Page"
msgstr "नयाँ पृष्ठमा पृष्ठ शैली लागू गर्न:"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147122\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want a new page to start."
msgstr "नयाँ पृष्ठ सुरु गर्न कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150210\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - म्यानुअल बिच्छेद</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150235\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठ विच्छेद</emph> चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150939\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break."
msgstr "<emph>शैली </emph>बाकसमा, पृष्ठ शैली चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ पृष्ठमा लागू गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ जसले म्यानुअल बिच्छेद अनुगमन गर्दछ ।"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150965\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing a Brochure"
msgstr "ब्राउजर मुद्रण"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"bm_id6743064\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN105F6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Printing a Brochure</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">ब्राउजर मुद्रण</link></variable>"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book."
msgstr "ब्राउजर वा बुकलेटको रूपमा तपाईँ राइटर कागजात मुद्रण गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ । जुन, पन्नाको प्रत्येक साइडमा राइटरले दुई पृष्ठहरू मुद्रण गर्दछ, त्यसैले जब तपाईँ पन्ना फोल्ड गर्नुहुन्छ, तपाईँ पुस्तकको रूपमा कागजात पढ्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN106DE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document."
msgstr "जब तपाईँ कागजात सिर्जना गर्नुहुन्छ जुन तपाईँले ब्राउजरको रूपमा मुद्रण गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, पृष्ठहरूका लागि पोर्ट्रेट अभिमुखीकरण प्रयोग गर्नुहोस् । राइटरले ब्राउजर सजावट लागू गर्दछ जब तपाईँ कागजात मुद्रण गर्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN1061A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Print a Brochure"
msgstr "ब्राउजर मुद्रण गर्न"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10621\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>फाइल - मुद्रण गर्नुहोस्</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN106B6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>मुद्रण </emph> संवादमा <emph>गुणहरू</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN1070E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape."
msgstr "तपाईँको मुद्रणका लागि गुणहरू संवादमा, ल्यान्डस्केपमा पन्ना अभिमुखीकरण सेट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_id8947416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the \"duplex - short edge\" setting in your printer setup dialog."
msgstr ""

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10628\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page."
msgstr "<emph>मुद्रण</emph> संवादमा फर्कनुहोस् , र <emph>विकल्प</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN1062C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Brochure</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठहरू</emph> क्षेत्रमा <emph>मुद्रण विकल्प</emph> संवादमा, <emph>ब्राउजर</emph> चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10740\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include \"All pages\"."
msgstr "मुद्रणका लागि जुन पृष्ठको दुबै साइडहरूमा स्वत: मुद्रण गर्दछ, मुद्रण दायाँ पृष्ठहरू र बायाँ पृष्ठहरूमा निश्चित गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10630\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN106EA\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again."
msgstr "यदि %PRODUCTNAME ले गलत क्रममा पृष्ठहरू मुद्रण गरेमा, <emph>मुद्रण विकल्प</emph> संवाद खोल्नुहोस्, <emph>उल्टो पारिएको</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस्, र कागजात फेरि मुद्रण गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Previewing a Page Before Printing"
msgstr "मुद्रण अघि पृष्ठ पूर्ववलोकन"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; previews</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>previews; print layouts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>print layout checks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>book view</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;previews</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>मुद्रण; पूर्ववलोकनहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पूर्ववलोकनहरू; मुद्रण सजावटहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>मुद्रण सजावट जाँचहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पृष्ठ दृश्यहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before Printing\">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before Printing\">मुद्रण अघि पृष्ठ पूर्ववलोकन</link></variable>"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3149847\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Print Preview</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3155055\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page."
msgstr ""

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_idN1067F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog."
msgstr "तपाईँको मापन तल मुद्रण गर्नका लागि, जुम गरिएको पूर्ववलोकन मुद्रण गर्नुहोस् । मुद्रण विकल्प सेट गर्नका लागि <emph>मुद्रण विकल्प पृष्ठ दृश्य</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3145093\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document."
msgstr ""

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">File - Print Preview</link>."
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet"
msgstr "एउटा पानामा बहु पृष्ठहरू मुद्रण"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149694\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-page view of documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page view</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149694\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">एउटा पानामा बहु पृष्ठहरू मुद्रण</link></variable>"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet."
msgstr "पृष्ठ पृष्ठदृश्य मोडमा, एउटा पानामा तपाईँ सँग बहु पृष्ठहरू मुद्रण गर्ने विकल्प छन् ।"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3156098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>फाइल - पृष्ठ पूर्ववलोकन</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3155055\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3149603\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select \"2\" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3153388\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages."
msgstr ""

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3154841\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठ दृश्य मुद्रण गर्नुहोस्</emph> छवि <image id=\"img_id3156248\" src=\"cmd/sc_printpagepreview.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156248\">Icon</alt></image> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3150004\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">File - Print Preview</link>"
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selecting printer paper trays"
msgstr "मुद्रण कागज ट्रेहरू चयन"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"bm_id6609088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Selecting Printer Paper Trays</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">मुद्रण पाना ट्रेहरू चयन</link></variable>"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा बिभिन्न पृष्ठहरूका लागि बिभिन्न पन्ना निर्दिष्ट गर्नका लागि पृष्ठ शैलीहरू प्रयोग गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3149841\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैली र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठ शैलीहरू </emph>प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3155066\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "सूचीमा पृष्ठ शैलीमा दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ पन्ना स्रोतका लागि निश्चित गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, र <emph>परिमार्जन</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper tray</item> box, select the paper tray that you want to use."
msgstr "<emph>पन्ना ट्रे </emph>बाकसमा, पन्ना ट्रे चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ प्रयोग गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3153140\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3149649\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for."
msgstr "प्रत्येक पृष्ठ शैलीमा १ देखि ५ चरणहरू दोहोर्याउनुहोस् जुन तपाईँ पन्नाका लागि निश्चित गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3149616\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the page style to the pages that you want."
msgstr "तपाईँले चाहनु भएको पृष्ठहरूमा पृष्ठ शैली लागू गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3154260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">Creating and applying page styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">पृष्ठ शैलीहरू सिर्जना र लागू गर्दा</link>"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing in Reverse Order"
msgstr "मुद्रण उल्टो क्रममा"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>क्रम गर्दा;उल्टो क्रममा मुद्रण</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>मुद्रण; उल्टो क्रममा</bookmark_value>"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\">Printing in Reverse Order</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\">मुद्रण उल्टो क्रममा</link></variable>"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>फाइल - मुद्रण गर्नुहोस्</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3149836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>General</emph> tab."
msgstr "<emph>प्रतिस्थापन</emph> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3156106\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठहरू </emph>क्षेत्रमा, <emph>उल्टो</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3153418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>पृष्ठ दृश्य मुद्रण गर्नुहोस्</emph> छवि <image id=\"img_id3156248\" src=\"cmd/sc_printpagepreview.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156248\">Icon</alt></image> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3149616\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">Printing</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">मुद्रण</link>"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>document;protection from changes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id6007263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">Protecting Contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1924802\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from being modified or deleted."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protecting Sections in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3150592\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Any section of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text document can be protected against changes, and with an optional password."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id4545426\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"protwarn\">Protection is not intended to be an information security protection, it is a switch to prevent accidental changes.</variable>"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id1811201610293\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"turnon\">Turning on protection</variable>"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1811201645676\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Information to protect must be in a section. To create or select a section:"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120161920589\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the section does not exist: Select the text, then choose menu <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section...</item> ."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120164739204\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the section already exists: <variable id=\"gotosection\">Choose menu <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections...</item> and select the section in the list <emph>Section</emph>, or right-click on the section in the Navigator and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit...</item>.</variable>"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1811201645678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To enable protection"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120164720479\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to protect the contents without a password, choose the <emph>Protect</emph> check box under the <emph>Write protection</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120164720412\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want the protection with a password, choose <emph>Protect</emph> and <emph>With password</emph> check boxes and click on the <emph>Password…</emph> button. Enter and confirm a password of at least five characters."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id1811201610294\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modification of protection"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016456780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the protection has no a password, and you want to give it, choose the <emph>With password</emph> checkbox and press the <emph>Password...</emph> button, enter and confirm the password of at least five characters."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016234567\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the protection has a password, and you want only to clear it, uncheck the <emph>With password</emph> under the <emph>Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016234566\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the section is protected with a password and you only want to change it, click on the <emph>Password</emph> button in the <emph>Edit Sections</emph> window and enter the correct password twice."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id1811201610295\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"turnoff\">Turning off protection</variable>"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016345678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the protection has no a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> under the <emph>Write protection</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id19112016123456\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the protection has a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> under the <emph>Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146081\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protecting Cells in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer Table"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3154480\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can protect the contents of individual cells of tables or whole table in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from changes."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3145643\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For one or several cells, place the cursor in a cell or select needed several cells. Choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Protect Cells</item> in menu bar."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1911201610283\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For whole table, select the table, and choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Protect Cells</item> in menu bar."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"firstof\">If necessary, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item> </caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item> and select <emph>Enable cursor</emph> under the <emph>Protected Areas</emph>.</variable>"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1711201619364829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell or in the selected cells and choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Unprotect Cells</item> in menu bar."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3151189\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For whole table, right-click on the table in the Navigator, and choose <emph>Table - Unprotect</emph> in the context menu or select the whole table and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Unprotect Cells</item> in menu bar."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149259\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Contents Protection in Tables of Contents and Indexes"
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3153966\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Tables of contents and indexes created in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, are automatically protected against accidental changes."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3159088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Index...</item> in the context menu. Choose <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120162840123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click on the index or table of contents in the Navigator and choose <emph>Index - Read-only</emph> item."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3152968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Index...</item> in the context menu. Uncheck <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3152774\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents in the Navigator and uncheck <emph>Index - Read-only</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id1811201623985\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protection of the whole <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id31544811\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can protect the contents of <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes, with one of the following file formats: .doc, .docx, .odt, .ott."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016812973\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To enable the protection of the whole document, go to <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Compatibility</emph> and choose <emph>Protect form</emph>. To disable protection, uncheck it."
msgstr ""

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id7858516\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Other Contents</link>"
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Cross-References"
msgstr "छड्के-सन्दर्भहरू घुसाउँदा"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>सन्दर्भहरू; छड्के सन्दर्भहरू घुसाउँदा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>छड्के-सन्दर्भहरू; घुसाउँदा र अद्यावधिक गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>तालिकाहरू; छड्के-सन्दर्भ गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>तस्वीरहरू; छड्के-सन्दर्भ गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>वस्तुहरू; छड्के सन्दर्भ गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE वस्तुहरू;छड्के सन्दर्भ गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>वस्तुहरू रेखाचित्रण गर्नुहोस्;छड्के-सन्दर्भ गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अद्यावधिक गर्दा;छड्के सन्दर्भहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>घुसाउँदा;छड्के-सन्दर्भहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Inserting Cross-References</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">छड्के-सन्दर्भहरू घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3159263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">fields</link> in the document."
msgstr "एक्लो कागजातमा छड्के-सन्दर्भहरूले तपाईँलाई निश्चित पाठ अध्याय र वस्तुहरूमा जान अनुमति दिन्छ । छड्के-सन्दर्भले निशाना र सन्दर्भ समावेश गर्दछ जुन <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">फाँटहरू</link> कागजातमा घुसाइएको छ ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3155860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets."
msgstr "क्याप्सन र पुस्तकचिनोहरू सँग वस्तुहरू लक्ष्यको रूपमा प्रयोग गर्न सकिन्छ ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cross-Referencing Text"
msgstr "छड्के-सान्दर्भिक पाठ"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text."
msgstr "तपाईँले छड्के-सन्दर्भ घुसाउन सक्नुभन्दा अगाडि, तपाईँले पहिला तपाईँको पाठमा निशानाहरू निश्चित गर्नुपर्नेछ ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Target"
msgstr "लक्ष्य घुसाउन:"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153408\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference."
msgstr "छड्के-सन्दर्भका लागि लक्ष्य प्रयोग गर्न पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - छड्के-सन्दर्भ</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149634\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list, select “Set Reference”."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार</emph> सूचीमा, <emph>सन्दर्भ सेट गर्नुहोस्</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box."
msgstr "निशानाका लागि<emph>नाम</emph> बाकसमा  नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस् । <emph>मान</emph> बाकसमा  चयन गरिएको पाठ प्रदर्शन हुन्छ ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3145110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् । <emph>चयन </emph>सूचीमा निशानाको नाम थप गरिन्छ ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3156257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section."
msgstr "संवाद खुला छोड्नुहोस् र अर्को सेक्सनमा जानुहोस् ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153370\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target"
msgstr "लक्ष्यमा छड्के-सन्दर्भ सिर्जना गर्न:"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id7032074\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id7796868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153392\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select \"Insert Reference\"."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार</emph> सूचीमा, \"सन्दर्भ घुसाउनुहोस्\" चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3154256\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "<emph>चयन</emph> सूचीमा, निशाना चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ छड्के-सन्दर्भ गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3154856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the target text, and \"Page\" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा</emph> सूचीमा, छड्के-सन्दर्भका लागि ढाँचा चयन गर्नुहोस् । <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">ढाँचा</link> सूचनाको प्रकार निश्चित गर्दछ जुन छड्के-सन्दर्भको रूपमा प्रदर्शन गरिन्छ । उदाहरणका लागि, \"सन्दर्भ\" निशाना पाठ घुसाउनुहोस्, र \" पृष्ठ\" पृष्ठ सङ्ख्या घुसाउनुहोस् जहाँ निशाना अवस्थित भएको छ ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3148685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr "समाप्त भएपछि <emph>बन्द गर्नुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149980\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cross-Referencing an Object"
msgstr "छड्के-सान्दर्भिक एउटा वस्तु"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149992\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>."
msgstr "तपाईँ तपाईँको कागजातमा प्राय वस्तुहरू छड्के-सन्दर्भ गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, जस्तै ग्राफिक्स, चित्राङ्कन वस्तुहरू, OLE वस्तुहरू, र तालिकाहरू, लामो समयसम्म जब तिनीहरू सँग क्याप्सन छ. वस्तुमा क्याप्सन थप गर्नका लागि, वस्तु चयन गर्नुहोस्, र <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - क्याप्सन</emph></link>छनोट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3147123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference."
msgstr "कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ छड्के-सन्दर्श घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150212\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - छड्के-सन्दर्भ</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150236\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object."
msgstr "<emph>प्रकार</emph> सूचीमा, वस्तुको क्याप्सन कोटि चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150942\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "<emph>चयन</emph> सूचीमा, वस्तुको क्याप्सन सङ्ख्या चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ छड्के-सन्दर्भ चाहनुहुन्छ ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा</emph> सूचीमा, छड्के-सन्दर्भको  ढाँचा चयन गर्नुहोस् । <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">ढाँचा</link> सूचनाको प्रकार निश्चित गर्दछ जुन छड्के-सन्दर्भको रूपमा प्रदर्शन भएको छ । उदाहरणका लागि, \"सन्दर्भ\" क्याप्सन कोटि घुसाउनुहोस् र वस्तुको क्याप्सन पाठ ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150535\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3151092\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr "समाप्त भएपछि <emph>बन्द गर्नुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating Cross-References"
msgstr "छड्के-सन्दर्भहरू अद्यावधिक गर्दा"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153594\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To manually update the cross-references in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph> from the menu or press F9."
msgstr ""

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id7321390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents."
msgstr ""

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modifying Cross-References"
msgstr "छड्के-सन्दर्भहरू परिमार्जन"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149291\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>सन्दर्भहरू; छड्के-सन्दर्भहरू परिमार्जन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>छड्के-सन्दर्भहरू; परिमार्जन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सम्पादन;छड्के-सन्दर्भहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>छड्के-सन्दर्भहरू;खोजी गर्दा </bookmark_value>"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149291\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\">छड्के-सन्दर्भहरू परिमार्जन</link></variable>"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3153132\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify."
msgstr "तपाईँले परिमार्जन गर्न चाहनु भएको छड्के-सन्दर्भ अगाडि क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3149632\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or press <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँले छड्के-सन्दर्भको फाँट सेडिङ देख्नु भएन भने, <emph>दृश्य - फाँट सेडिङहरू</emph> वा थिच्नुहोस् <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>सम्पादन - फाँटहरू</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3145101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "तपाईँले सेट गर्न चाहनु भएको विकल्प सेट गर्नुहोस्, र त्यसपछि <emph>ठीक छ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the arrow buttons in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Fields</item> dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document."
msgstr "हालको कागजातमा छड्के-सन्दर्भ मार्फत ब्राउज गर्नका लागि <emph>सम्पादन फाँटहरू </emph>संवादमा बाँण बटनहरू प्रयोग गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing Register-true"
msgstr "मुद्रण दर्ता-ठीक गर्दा"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"bm_id4825891\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines of text; register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10652\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Printing Register-true</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">मुद्रण रजिस्टर-सही गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN1065E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Document to Register-True Printing"
msgstr "रजिस्टर-सही मुद्रणमा कागजात सेट गर्दा"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10665\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the whole document."
msgstr "सम्पूर्ण कागाजात चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10669\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - पृष्ठ - पृष्ठ</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10671\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Register-true</item> section, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Activate</item> checkbox and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified."
msgstr "अन्यथा निर्दिष्ट नभएसम्म सबै अनुच्छेदहरू कागजातमा सही रजिस्टर मुद्रण हुनेछ ।"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN1067B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing"
msgstr "रेजिस्टर-ठीक मुद्रणबाट अनुच्छेदहरू मुक्त गर्दा"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10682\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>."
msgstr "सबै अनुच्छेदहरू चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ मुक्त गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, र <emph>ढाँचा - अनुच्छेद - इन्डेन्ट्स र खाली स्थान</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN1068C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab."
msgstr "शैलीहरू र ढाँचा सञ्झ्याल खोल्नुहोस्, अनुच्छेद शैली क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ मुक्त गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, त्यो शैलीमा दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, <emph>परिमार्जन</emph>रोज्नुहोस् । संवादमा, <emph>इन्डेन्ट्स र स्पेसिङ</emph> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10698\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Register-true</emph> section, clear the <emph>Activate</emph> checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN106AA\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Register-true</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">सही रजिस्टर गर्नुहोस्</link>"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Removing Line Breaks"
msgstr "पङ्क्ति बिच्छेदहरू हटाउँदै"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149687\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>line breaks;removing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting; line breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;removing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Removing Line Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">पङ्क्ति बिच्छेदहरू हटाउँदै</link></variable>"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document."
msgstr "स्वत:ढाँचा सुविधा पङ्क्ति बिच्छेदहरू हटाउनका लागि प्रयोग गर्नुहोस् जुन वाक्यहरू बीचमा देखिन्छ । नचाहिने पङ्क्ति बिच्छेदहरू देखिन सक्छन् जब तपाईँले पाठ अर्को स्रोतबाट प्रतिलिपि गर्नुहुन्छ र यसलाई पाठ कागजातमा टाँस्नुहोस् ।"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153413\n"
"help.text"
msgid "This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the \"Default\" paragraph style."
msgstr "यो स्वत:ढाँचा सुविधाले पाठमा मात्र कार्य गर्दछ जुन ढाँचा \"पूर्वनिर्धारित\" अनुच्छेद शैलीमा गरिएको छ ।"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153138\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - स्वत:सुधार</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3149645\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage."
msgstr "<emph>विकल्प</emph> ट्याबमा, <emph>यदि लम्बाइ ५०% भन्दा ठूलो छ भने एक्लो पङ्क्ति अनुच्छेदहरू समिश्रण गर्नुहोस् </emph> चयन गरियो भन्ने कुरा निश्चित गर्नुहोस् । पङ्क्ति लम्बाइको न्यूनतम प्रतिशत परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि, सूचीको विकल्पमा डबल-क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र नयाँ प्रतिशत प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3145093\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3145118\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove."
msgstr "पङ्क्ति बिच्छेदहरू संगको पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ हटाउन चाहनु हुन्थ्यो ।"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3156253\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”."
msgstr "<emph>शैली लागू </emph>बाकसमा <emph>ढाँचा</emph> पट्टीमा,<emph>पूर्वनिर्धारित</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153388\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - स्वतढाँचा - लागू गर्नुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस्  ।"

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Resetting Font Attributes"
msgstr "फन्ट विशेषताहरू पुन: सेट गर्दा"

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149963\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>ढाँचाहरू; पुन: सेटिङ गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>फन्ट विशेषताहरू; पुन: सेटिङ गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>फन्टहरू; पुन: सेटिङ गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>फन्टहरू; पुन;सेटिङ गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सिधा ढाँचा:अवस्थित </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ढाँचा;अवस्थित सिधा ढाँचा </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अवस्थित सिधा ढाँचा</bookmark_value>"

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149963\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\">Resetting Font Attributes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\">फन्ट विशेषताहरू पुन: सेट गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"par_id3154091\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing Ctrl+Shift+X. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press Ctrl+Shift+X to return to the default character format of the paragraph."
msgstr "दायाँ-बाँण कूञ्जी थिच्दै तपाईँ म्यानुअल ढाँचा द्रुत बन्द गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ. उदाहरणका लागि, यदि तपाईँ टाइप गर्नु भएको गाढा टाइपफेस लागू गर्न Ctrl+B थिच्नुभयो भने, अनुच्छेदको पूर्वनिर्धारित क्यारेक्टर फर्काउनका लागि दायाँ बाँण थिच्नुहोस्."

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "हट्दै गरेको पाठको सबै सिधा ढाँचा पुन: सेट गर्नुहोस्, त्यो पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस्, र मेनु आदेश <emph>ढाँचा - पूर्वनिर्धारित ढाँचा</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Docking and Resizing Windows"
msgstr "सञ्झ्यालहरू डक र साइज पुन: मिलाउँदा"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>docking; Navigator window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;windows</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>नेभिगेटर;डक र साइज पुन: मिलाउदै</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>शैलीहरू र ढाँचा सञ्झ्याल;डक र साइज पुन: मिलाउदै</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सङ्ग्रहालय;डक र साइज पुन: मिलाउदै</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>डक  गर्दा; नेभिगेटर सञ्झ्याल</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>साइज पुन: मिलाउदै;सञ्झ्यालहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing Windows\">Docking and Resizing Windows</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing Windows\">सञ्झ्यालहरू डक र साइज पुन: मिलाउदै</link></variable>"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "तपाईँ डक गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, अनडक गर्नुहोस् र साइज पुन: मिलाउनुहोस् $[officename] प्रोग्राम सञ्झ्याल जस्तै नेभिगेटर वा शैली र ढाँचा गर्दा गरेको सञ्झ्याल."

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>."
msgstr "नेभिगेसन वा शैली र ढाँचा सञ्झ्याललाई डक गर्न वा अनडक गर्न, <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> कुञ्जी छोड्नुहोस् र सञ्झ्यालको खैरो क्षेत्रमा डबल-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3156096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window."
msgstr "सञ्झ्याल रिसाइज गर्नका लागि, सञ्झ्यालको कुना र किनारा तान्नुहोस्."

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Rulers"
msgstr "रुलरहरू प्रयोग गर्दा"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"bm_id8186284\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>rulers;using rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indents; setting on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page margins on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells;adjusting the width on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>showing;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting page margins and cell widths</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>रुलरहरू;रुलरहरू प्रयो गर्दै</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>तेर्सो रुलरहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ठाडो रुलरहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>रुलरहरूमा इडेन्ट सेटिङ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>परिवर्तन र्दै;इन्डेन्टहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>रुलरमा पृष्ठ सीमान्त</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>तालिका कक्षहरू;रुलरहरूमा चौडाइ समायोजन गर्दातालिकाहरूको अनुपातिक वितरण</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>प्रर्दशन;रुलरहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>लुकाउन;रुलरहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पृष्ठ सीमान्त र कक्ष चौडाइहरू समायोजन गर्दै</bookmark_value>"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_idN1065F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Using Rulers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">रुलरहरू प्रयोग गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_idN1067D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area."
msgstr "रुलरहरू देखाउन वा लुकाउनका लागि, <emph>दृश्य - रुलर</emph>रोज्नुहोस्. ठाडो रुलर देखाउनका लागि, <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Writer - View\"><emph>उपकरणहरू - विकल्प - %PRODUCTNAME राइटर - दृश्य</emph></link>रोज्नुहोस् , र  <emph>रुलर</emph> क्षेत्रमा <emph>ठाडो रुलर</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149686\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adjusting Page Margins"
msgstr "पृष्ठ सीमान्तहरू समायोजन"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3155175\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers."
msgstr "पृष्ठको सीमान्त रुलरहरूको अन्त्यमा भरि क्षेत्रहरूद्वारा दर्साइन्छ."

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149038\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing Indents"
msgstr "इन्डेन्टहरू परिवर्तन"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3153631\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler."
msgstr "तेर्सो रुलरमा तीन वटा सानो त्रिभुजहरू सँग इन्डेन्टहरू समायोजन गरिन्छ."

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3152776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
msgstr "बायाँ वा दायाँ अनुच्छेद इन्डेन्ट परिवर्तन गर्न, अनुच्छेद(हरू) चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ इन्डेन्ट प्रयोग गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, तल बायाँ वा तल दायाँ नयाँ स्थानको तेर्सो रुलरमा तान्नुहोस्."

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3145769\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
msgstr "चयन गरिएको अनुच्छेदको पहिलो पङ्क्ति इन्डेन्ट परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि, नयाँ स्थानको तेर्सो रुलरमा माथिल्लो बायाँ त्रिभुज तान्नुहोस्."

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3149164\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog."
msgstr "तेर्सो रुलरको जहाँ पनि तपाईँ डबल-क्लिक गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, र <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>अनुच्छेद</emph></link> संवादमा इन्डेन्टहरू समायोजन गर्नुहोस्."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Wildcards in Text Searches"
msgstr "पाठ खोजीहरूमा वाइल्डकार्डहरू प्रयोग गर्दा"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>wildcards, see regular expressions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>searching; with wildcards</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>regular expressions;searching</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>examples for regular expressions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters;finding all</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>invisible characters;finding</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;searching</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>खोजी गर्दै; वाइल्ड कार्डहरू सँग</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>नियमित अभिव्यक्तिहरू;खोजी गर्दै</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>वाइल्ड कार्ड; पाठ खोजी गर्दै</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>नियमित अभिव्यक्तिहरूका लागि उदाहरणहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">पाठ खोजीहरूमा वाइल्डकार्डहरू प्रयोग गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id0509200916345516\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, \"s.n\" finds \"sun\" and \"son\"."
msgstr "तपाईँ वाइल्डकार्ड प्रयोग गर्नु सक्नुहुन्छ जब तपाईँले पाठ पत्ता लगाउनुहुन्छ र कागजातमा बदल्नुहुन्छ. उदाहरणका लागि, \"s.n\" ले \"sun\" र \"son\" फेला पार्दछ."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3155907\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Find & Replace</item>."
msgstr "<emph>सम्पादन - पत्ता लगाउनुहोस् & बदल्नुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id2142399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">More Options</item> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Regular expressions</item> check box."
msgstr "<emph>नियमित अभिब्यक्त्ति</emph> जाँच बाकस चयन गर्नुहोस् ."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149843\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Find</item> box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3156113\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find Next</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153401\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Regular Expression Examples"
msgstr "नियमित अभिव्यक्ति उदाहरणहरू"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149641\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for a single character is a period (.)."
msgstr "वाइल्डकार्ड एकल क्यारेक्टरका लागि अवधि हो (.)."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3153136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: \"123*\" finds \"12\" \"123\", and \"1233\"."
msgstr "शून्य वा बढी प्रस्तुतिहरूका लागि वाइल्डकार्ड पहिलेको क्यारेक्टर तारा चिन्ह हो. उदाहरणका लागि: \"123*\" ले \"12\" \"123\",र \"1233\" फेला पार्दछ."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149609\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*)."
msgstr "कुनै क्यारेक्टरहरूको शून्य वा बढी प्रस्तुतिहरूको खोजीका लागि वाइल्डकार्ड अवधि र तारा चिन्ह (.*)."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.)."
msgstr "अनुच्छेदको अन्त्यका लागि वाइल्डकार्ड डलर सङ्केत ($) हो. अनुच्छेदको सुरुका लागि वाइल्डकार्ड क्यारेक्टर समिश्रण क्यारेट र अवधि (^.) हो."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id0509200916345545\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for a tab character is \\t."
msgstr ""

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph."
msgstr "उही अनुच्छेद भरिमा मात्र तपाईँ नियमित अभिब्यक्त्तिहरूका लागि खोजी गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ. जुन, तपाईँ अनुच्छेदमा एउटा नियम र बिभिन्न नियम अर्को अनुच्छेदमा खोजी गर्न सक्नुहुन्न."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\">List of Wildcards</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\">वाइल्डकार्डहरूको सूची</link>"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing Sections"
msgstr "सम्पादन सेक्सनहरू"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149816\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>read-only sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>protecting;sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>converting;sections, into normal text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>ढाँचाहरू; पुन: सेटिङ गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>फन्ट विशेषताहरू; पुन: सेटिङ गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>फन्टहरू; पुन: सेटिङ गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>फन्टहरू; पुन;सेटिङ गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सिधा ढाँचा:अवस्थित </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ढाँचा;अवस्थित सिधा ढाँचा </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अवस्थित सिधा ढाँचा</bookmark_value>"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149816\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">Editing Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">सेक्सनहरू सम्पादन</link></variable>"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document."
msgstr "तपाईँ बचाउ गर्न, लुकाउन, र तपाईँको कागजातमा साधारण पाठमा सेक्सनहरू रूपान्तर गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ."

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3154224\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>ढाँचा - सेक्सनहरू</emph></link>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3149848\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click to select some sections."
msgstr "तपाईँ <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B थिच्न पनि सक्नुहुन्छ , पाठ टाइप गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ गाढामा ढाँचा गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, र तपाईँले सिध्याउनु भएको बेला <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B थिच्नुहोस् ."

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3153397\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3153120\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>."
msgstr "एउटा स्वत:ढाँचामा समावेश हुने गुणहरू चयन गर्न, <emph>धेरै</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3149631\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area."
msgstr "यदि <emph>अवस्था</emph> क्षेत्रमा <emph>कागजातको अन्त्य</emph> जाँच बाकस चयन गरिएमा मात्र यो विकल्प उपलब्ध हुन्छ।"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3149609\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area."
msgstr "यदि <emph>अवस्था</emph> क्षेत्रमा <emph>कागजातको अन्त्य</emph> जाँच बाकस चयन गरिएमा मात्र यो विकल्प उपलब्ध हुन्छ।"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3156255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">Format - Sections</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">ढाँचा - सेक्सनहरू</link>"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id973540\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Sections"
msgstr "सेक्सनहरू घुसाउदा"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Inserting Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">सेक्सनहरू घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document."
msgstr "तपाईँ नयाँ सेक्सनहरू घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ,हालको कागजातको अन्य कागजातमा सेक्सनहरूमा लिङ्कहरू. यदि तपाईँ सेक्सन लिङ्कको रूपमा घुसाउनुहुन्छ भने, लिङ्कको सामाग्री परिवर्तन हुन्छ जब तपाईँ स्रोत कागजात परिमार्जन गर्नुहुन्छ."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a New Section"
msgstr "नयाँ सेक्सन घुसाउन:"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149843\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ नयाँ सेक्सन घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ, वा पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ सेक्सनमा रूपान्तर गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156103\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँले पाठ चयन गर्नुभयो जुन अनुच्छेदहरू बीचमा प्रस्तुत भयो भने, पाठ स्वत: नयाँ अनुच्छेदमा रूपान्तर गरिन्छ."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - सेक्सन</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153404\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section."
msgstr "<emph>नयाँ सेक्सन </emph>बाकसमा, सेक्सनका लागि नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153127\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "सेक्सनका लागि विकल्प सेट गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149635\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Section as a Link"
msgstr "लिङ्कको रूपमा सेक्सन घुसाउन:"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149648\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document."
msgstr "तपाईँले लिङ्कको रूपमा सेक्सन घुसाउनु भन्दा अगाडि, तपाईँले पहिला स्रोत कागजातमा सेक्सनहरू सिर्जना गर्न जरुरी छ."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>."
msgstr "तपाईँले लिङ्क गरिएको सेक्सनहरू समाविष्ट एउटा कागजात खोल्दा $[officename] ले तपाईँलाई सेक्सनहरूको सामग्रीहरू अद्यावधिक गर्न प्रोम्प्ट गर्दछ . म्यानुअल तरीकाले लिङ्कलाई अद्यावधिक गर्नलाई, <emph>उपकरणहरू - अद्यावधिक गर्नुहोस् - लिङ्कहरू</emph> रोज्नुहोस्."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved."
msgstr "तपाईँ लिङ्क गरिएको सेक्सनहरू HTML कागजातहरूमा घुसाउन पनि सक्नुहुन्छ. जब तपाईँले वेब ब्राउजरमा पृष्ठ अवलोकन गर्नुहुन्छ, सेक्सनहरूको सामाग्री सेक्सनहरूको सामाग्रीमा अनुकूल गरिन्छ HTML कागजातको समयमा जुन अन्तिम बचत हो."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ लिङ्क गरिएको सेक्सन घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - सेक्सन</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153363\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section."
msgstr "<emph>नयाँ सेक्सन </emph>बाकसमा, सेक्सनका लागि नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153387\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> check box. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<emph>लिङ्क </emph>क्षेत्रमा, <emph>लिङ्क </emph>जाँच बाकस चयन गर्नुहोस् । <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">विण्डोज अन्तर्गत, तपाईँले स्रोत कागजातमा सेक्सन परिवर्तन गरेको बेलामा सेक्सनको सामग्रीहरू स्वचालित तरीकाले अद्यावधिक गर्न<emph>DDE</emph> जाँच बाकस पनि चयन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।</caseinline></switchinline>"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154852\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Browse</emph> button next to the <emph>File name</emph> box."
msgstr ""

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155882\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "सेक्सन समावेश गरेको कागजात अवस्थित गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ लिङ्क गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, र <emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149978\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> box, select the section that you want to insert."
msgstr "<emph>सेक्सन </emph>बाकसमा, सेक्सन चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150003\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Sections"
msgstr "सेक्सनहरू प्रयोग गर्दा"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149832\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149832\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\">Using Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\">सेक्सनहरू प्रयोग गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3153128\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:"
msgstr "सेक्सनहरू पाठको खण्डहरू नाम दिइन्छ, ग्राफिक्स वा वस्तुहरू समावेश गर्दा, जुन तपाईँ तरीकाहरूको सङ्ख्यामा प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ:"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149284\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To prevent text from being edited."
msgstr "सम्पादन हुनबाट पाठलाई बचाउन."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149630\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To show or hide text."
msgstr "पाठलाई देखाउन वा लुकाउन."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149647\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents."
msgstr "अन्य $[officename] कागजातहरूबाट पाठ र ग्राफिक्स फेरि प्रयोग गर्नका लागि."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style."
msgstr "पाठको सेक्सनहरू घुसाउनका लागि जुनले हालको पृष्ठ शैली भन्दा बिभिन्न स्तम्भ सजावट प्रयोग गर्दछ."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text."
msgstr "सेक्सनले कम्तिमा एउटा अनुच्छेद समावेश गर्दछ. जब तपाईँ पाठ चयन गर्नुहुन्छ र सेक्सन सिर्जना गर्नुहुन्छ, अनुच्छेद बिच्छेद स्वत: पाठको अन्त्यमा घुसाइन्छ."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document."
msgstr "तपाईँ पाठ कागजातबाट सेक्सनहरू घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ, अन्य पाठ कागजातको सेक्सनको रूपमा सम्पूर्ण पाठ कागजात. तपाईँ पाठ कागजातबाट सेक्सनहरू पनि घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ लिङ्कहरूको रूपमा अर्को पाठ कागजातमा, वा उही कागजातमा."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3153367\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter."
msgstr "नयाँ अनुच्छेद तुरुन्त सेक्सन अघि वा पछि घुसाउनका लागि, सेक्सनको अगाडि वा पछाडि क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">विकल्प </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enterथिच्नुहोस्."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Sections and Columns"
msgstr "सेक्सनहरू र स्तम्भहरू"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column."
msgstr "तपाईँ हट्दै गरेको सेक्सनमा सेक्सनहरू घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ. उदाहरणका लागि, तपाईँ सेक्सनमा दुई स्तम्भ सहितको सेक्सन घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ जुनले एक स्तम्भ समावेश गर्दछ."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3154845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style."
msgstr "सेक्सन सजावट, उदाहरणका लागि स्तम्भहरूको सङ्ख्यामा, जो सँग पृष्ठ सजावट माथि प्राथमिकता छ जुन पृष्ठ शैलीमा परिभाषित गरिएको थियो."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3155883\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Saving Text Documents in HTML Format"
msgstr "HTML ढाँचामा पाठ कागजातहरू बचत गर्दा"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">HTML ढाँचामा पाठ कागजातहरू बचत गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3149825\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages."
msgstr "तपाईँ $[officename] राइटर कागजात HTML ढाँचामा बचत गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, त्यसैले तपाईँ यसलाई वेब ब्राउजरमा हर्न सक्नुहुन्छ. यदि तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ भने, बिभाजक उत्पादन गर्नका लागि तपाईँ पृष्ठ बिच्छेद अनुच्छेद अनुच्छेद शैलीसँग संयुक्त हुन सक्नुहुन्छ HTML पृष्ठ प्रति समय शैली कागजातमा देखिन्छ. $[officename] राइटर स्वत: पृष्ठ सिर्जना गर्दछ यी पृष्ठहरूको प्रत्येक हाइपरलिङ्कहरू सहित."

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3155922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved into the HTML document as embedded data streams. $[officename] tries to keep the original format of graphics, i.e. JPEG pictures or SVG images will be saved into HTML as such. All other graphic formats are saved as PNG."
msgstr ""

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3155868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr "एउटा पूर्वनिर्धारित $[officename] अनुच्छेद अनुच्छेद शैलीहरू लागू गर्नुहोस्, उदाहरणका लागि, \"अनुच्छेद १\", अनुच्छेदहरूमा जहाँ तपाईँ नयाँ HTML पृष्ठ उत्पादन गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3156100\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>फाइल - पठाउनुहोस् - HTML कागजात सिर्जना गर्नुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस्."

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr "<emph>शैलीहरू </emph>बाकसमा, अनुच्छेद शैली चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ नयाँ HTML पृष्ठ उत्पादन गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3153407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr "HTML कागजातका लागि बाटो र नाम प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>बचत</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Applying Text Formatting While You Type"
msgstr "तपाईँले टाइप गरेको बेला पाठ ढाँचा लागू गर्दा"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पाठ; टाइपिङ् गरेको बेलामा बाक्लो ढाँचाबद्ध गर्दैछ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ढाँचाबद्ध गर्दैछ; बाक्लो, टाइपिङ् गरिरेहेको बेलामा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>कुञ्जीपाटी;बाक्लो ढाँचाबद्ध गर्दैछ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>बाक्लो;टाइपिङ्ग गर्दा ढाँचाबद्ध गर्दैछ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सर्टकट कुञ्जीहरू;बाक्लो ढाँचाबद्ध गर्दैछ</bookmark_value>"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text Formatting While You Type\">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text Formatting While You Type\">तपाईँले टाइप गरेको बेला पाठ ढाँचा लागू गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply bold formatting"
msgstr "गाढा ढाँचा लागू गर्न"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr "तपाईँले ढाँचा गर्न चाहनु भएको पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B."
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B थिच्नुहोस् ."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3156112\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you are finished."
msgstr "तपाईँ <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B थिच्न पनि सक्नुहुन्छ , पाठ टाइप गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ गाढामा ढाँचा गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, र तपाईँले सिध्याउनु भएको बेला <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B थिच्नुहोस् ."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply italic formatting"
msgstr "गाढा ढाँचा लागू गर्न"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3151861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr "तपाईँले ढाँचा गर्न चाहनु भएको पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3141836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I."
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B थिच्नुहोस् ."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3151112\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, type the text that you want to format in italic, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I when you are finished."
msgstr "तपाईँ <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B थिच्न पनि सक्नुहुन्छ , पाठ टाइप गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ गाढामा ढाँचा गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, र तपाईँले सिध्याउनु भएको बेला <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B थिच्नुहोस् ."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To underline text"
msgstr ""

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3152861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to underline."
msgstr "क्यापिटलाइज गर्न चाहनुहुने पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3142836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U."
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B थिच्नुहोस् ."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3152112\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, type the text that you want underlined, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U when you are finished."
msgstr "तपाईँ <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B थिच्न पनि सक्नुहुन्छ , पाठ टाइप गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ गाढामा ढाँचा गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, र तपाईँले सिध्याउनु भएको बेला <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B थिच्नुहोस् ."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149648\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\">पाठ कागजातहरूका लागि कुञ्जीपाटी सर्टकट</link>"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\">$[officename] मा कुञ्जीपाटी सर्टकट</link>"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Smart Tags"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155622\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installing;smart tags</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id3563951\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Using Smart Tags</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">रुलरहरू प्रयोग गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id368358\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id9298379\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Installing Smart Tags"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1827448\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id2508621\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id3856013\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id7814264\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id8142338\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Smart Tags Menu"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1917477\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id192266\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1998962\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id2376476\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Enable and Disable Smart Tags"
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id349131\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags."
msgstr ""

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1216467\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Checking Spelling and Grammar"
msgstr "हिज्जे म्यानुअल तरीकाले जाँच गर्दा"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling Manually\">हिज्जे म्यानुअल तरीकाले जाँच गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149814\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document."
msgstr "तपाईँ म्यानुअल तरीकाले पाठ चयनको हिज्जे वा सम्पूर्ण कागजात जाँच गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id0525200902184476\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center?getCategories=Dictionary\">extensions web page</link>."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection."
msgstr "हिज्जे परिक्षणले हालको कर्सर स्थानमा सुरु गर्दछ, वा पाठ चयनको सुरुमा"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155859\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check."
msgstr "कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, वा पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ जाँच गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - हिज्जे परिक्षण</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3156104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Spellcheck</item> dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections."
msgstr "जब सम्भावित हिज्जे त्रुटि आएमा,<emph>हिज्जे परिक्षण </emph>संवाद खुल्दछ र $[officename] र केही सुझाव सुधारहरूको प्रस्ताव राख्दछ."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3145099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3156241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add to Dictionary</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3147107\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Spelling and Grammar dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">हिज्जे परिक्षण संवाद</link>"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode"
msgstr "भर्ने ढाँचा मोडमा शैलीहरू लागू गरिँदै"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145084\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145084\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\">भर्ने ढाँचा मोडमा शैलीहरू लागू गरिँदै</link></variable>"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "तपाईँ द्रुत गरि शैलीहरू लागू गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, जस्तै अनुच्छेद र क्यारेक्टर शैली, शैलीहरू र ढाँचा सञ्झ्यालमा भरि ढाँचा मोड प्रयोग गरि तपाईँको कागजातमा."

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3156114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैली र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3153128\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply."
msgstr "तपाईँले लागू गर्न चाहनु भएको शैली कोटिको प्रतिमामा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3145090\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the style, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fill Format Mode</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">Icon</alt></image> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window."
msgstr "शैली क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र त्यसपछि <emph>ढाँचा भर्ने मोड</emph> प्रतिमा <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">प्रतिमा</alt></image> लाई <emph>शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph> सञ्झ्यालमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3153371\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release."
msgstr "माउस सूचक लैजानुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ कागजातमा शैली लागू गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, र क्लिक गर्नुहोस् एक भन्दा बढी चीजमा शैली लागू गर्नका लागि, चीजहरू चयन गर्न तान्नुहोस्, र छोड्नुहोस्"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3154263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> when finished."
msgstr "समाप्त भएपछि <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> थिच्नुहोस् ।"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3159259\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">शैलीहरू र ढाँचा गर्दा</link>"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating New Styles From Selections"
msgstr "चयनहरूबाट नयाँ शैलीहरू सिर्जना गरिँदै"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">Creating New Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">चयनहरूबाट नयाँ शैलीहरू सिर्जना गरिँदै</link></variable>"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection"
msgstr "हट्दै गरेको शैलीबाट तपाईँ द्रुत नयाँ शैली सिर्जना गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ जुन तपाईँले म्यानुअल ढाँचा लागू गर्नुभयो."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3156097\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैली र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr "तपाईँले सिर्जना गर्न चाहनुभएको शैली कोटिको प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3153119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to."
msgstr "कागजातमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ शैली बाट प्रतिलिपि गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, उदाहरणका लागि, अनुच्छेदमा जहाँ तपाईँले म्यानुअल ढाँचा लागू गर्नुभयो."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3153138\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> from the submenu"
msgstr ""

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3156260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style Name</item> box."
msgstr "<emph>शैली नाम </emph>बाकसमा नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस्."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153373\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop"
msgstr "नयाँ शैली तान्ने-र-छोड्ने बाट सिर्जना गर्न:"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैली र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154258\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr "तपाईँले सिर्जना गर्न चाहनुभएको शैली कोटिको प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154851\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame."
msgstr "कम्तिमा एउटा क्यारेक्टर चयन गर्नुहोस्, वा वस्तु, शैलीमा जुन तपाईँ प्रतिलिपि गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ. पृष्ठ र फ्रेम शैलीहरूका लागि, कम्तिमा एउटा क्यारेक्टर वा वस्तु पृष्ठ वा फ्रेममा चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154871\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the character or object to the Styles and Formatting window and release."
msgstr "शैलीहरू र ढाँचा सञ्झ्यालका लागि क्यारेक्टर वा वस्तु तान्नुहोस् र छोड्नुहोस्."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_idN107B2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For paragraph and character styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the respective icon in the Styles and Formatting window. You do not need to open that style category in advance."
msgstr "अनुच्छेद र क्यारेक्टर शैलीहरूका लागि, तपाईँ शैलीहरू र ढाँचा सञ्झ्यालको सम्बन्धित प्रतिमामा तान्न-र-छोड्न सक्नुहुन्छ. तपाईँले त्यो शैली कोटि उन्नतमा खोल्न आवश्यक छैन."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_idN107B5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles and Formatting window to create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles and Formatting window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon."
msgstr "शैलीहरू र ढाँचा सञ्झ्यालमा तपाईँ फ्रेम तान्न-र-छोड्न सक्नुहुन्छ नयाँ फ्रेम शैली सिर्जना गर्नका लागि: फ्रेम क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, माउस बटन तल प्रेस गर्न सँग क्षण पर्खनुहोस्, तर माउस नचलाइकन, र शैलीहरू र ढाँचा सञ्झ्यालमा तान्नुहोस् र फ्रेम शैलीहरू प्रतिमामा फ्रेम छोड्नुहोस्."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3149988\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">शैलीहरू र ढाँचा गर्दा</link>"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating Styles From Selections"
msgstr "चयनहरूबाट शैलीहरू अद्यावधिक गर्दा"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window; updating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>शैलीसूची, शैलीहरू र ढाँचा सञ्झ्याल हेर्नुहोस्</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>शैलीहरू; चयनहरूबाट अद्यावधिक गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>टेम्प्लेटहरू; चयनहरूबाट अद्यावधिक गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>शैलीहरू र ढाँचा सञ्झ्याल; चयनहरूबाट अद्यावधिक गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अद्यावधिक गर्दा; शैलीहरू, चयनहरूबाट</bookmark_value>"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Updating Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">चयनहरूबाट शैलीहरू अद्यावधिक गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3149838\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैली र ढाँचा</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3156107\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to update."
msgstr "तपाईँले अद्यावधिक गर्न चाहनु भएको शैली कोटिको प्रतिमामा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3149283\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Styles and Formatting window, click the style that you want to update."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3153119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id0310200910360780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style."
msgstr ""

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3155498\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">शैलीहरू र ढाँचा गर्दा</link>"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Making Text Superscript or Subscript"
msgstr "पाठ सुपरस्क्रिप्ट वा सबस्क्रिप्ट बनाउँदै"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पाठ; सबस्क्रिप्ट र सुपरस्क्रिप्ट</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सुपरस्क्रिप्ट पाठ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सबस्क्रिप्ट पाठ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>क्यारेक्टरहरू;सबस्क्रिप्ट र सुपरस्क्रिप्ट</bookmark_value>"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">पाठ सुपरस्क्रिप्ट वा सबस्क्रिप्ट बनाउँदै</link></variable>"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3155917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript."
msgstr "पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ सुपरस्क्रिप्ट वा सबस्क्रिप्ट बनाउन चाहनुहन्छ."

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3155865\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचाबद्ध - क्षेत्र</emph> रोज्नुहोस् र <emph>ग्रेडियन्ट</emph> को रूपमा <emph>Fill</emph> प्रकार चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3156111\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript."
msgstr "Ctrl+Shift+A वा Ctrl+Left Shift Key - बायाँ-बाट-दायाँ पाठ प्रविष्टि स्विच गर्नलाई।"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - Position\">Format - Character - Position</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - Position\">ढाँचा - क्यारेक्टर - अवस्था</link>"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3154705\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\">उपकरणहरू - स्वत:सुधार - प्रतिस्थापन</link>"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Merging and Splitting Cells"
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"hd_id6618243\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Merging and Splitting Cells\">Merging and Splitting Cells</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id1211890\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells."
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"hd_id3463850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Merge Cells"
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id5708792\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the adjacent cells."
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id6301461\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>तालिका - घुसाउनुहोस् - तालिका</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"hd_id9156468\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Split Cells"
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id3415936\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell to be split."
msgstr ""

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id4044312\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>तालिका - घुसाउनुहोस् - तालिका</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id634174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically."
msgstr ""

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard"
msgstr "कुञ्जीपाटी प्रयोग गरि तालिकामा पङ्क्ति वा स्तम्भ थप गर्दा वा मेट्दा"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; editing by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard;adding or deleting rows/columns</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;cells, by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">कुञ्जीपाटी प्रयोग गरि तालिकामा पङ्क्ति वा स्तम्भ थप गर्दा वा मेट्दा</link></variable>"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3149487\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard."
msgstr "तपाईँ पङ्क्तिहरू वा स्तम्भहरू तालिकामा थप गर्न वा मेट्न सक्नुहुन्छ साथसाथै कुञ्जीपाटी प्रयोग गरि तालिका कक्षहरू बिभाजन गर्नुहोस् वा गाभ्नुहोस्."

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3155906\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab."
msgstr "तालिकामा नयाँ पङ्क्ति घुसाउनका लागि, कर्सर तालिका कक्षमा राख्नुहोस्, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">विकल्प </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Ins थिच्नुहोस् , र माथि वा तल बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस्. तपाईँ तालिकाको अन्तिम कक्षमा कर्सर लैजान पनि सक्नुहुन्छ, र Tab थिच्नुहोस्."

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3147412\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr "नयाँ स्तम्भ घुसाउनका लागि, तालिका कक्षमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस्, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">विकल्प </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Ins थिच्नुहोस्, र बायाँ वा दायाँ बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस्."

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3156096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr "स्तम्भ थप गर्नुको सट्टा तालिका स्प्लिट गर्नका लागि, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">विकल्प </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Ins थिच्नुहोस्, र तपाईँले बायाँ वा दायाँ बाँण कुञ्जी प्रे गरेको बेला<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>थिच्नुहोस्."

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3153408\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow key."
msgstr "पङ्क्ति मेटाउनका लागि, तालिका कक्षमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस्, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">विकल्प </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Del थिच्नुहोस् , र माथि वा तल बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस्."

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3149626\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "स्तम्भ मेटाउनका लागि, तालिका कक्षमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस्, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">विकल्प </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Del थिच्नुहोस् , र बायाँ वा दायाँ बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस्."

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "संलग्न कक्षमा तालिका मर्ज गर्नका लागि, कक्षमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस्, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">विकल्प </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Del थिच्नुहोस् , <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>समाउनुहोस्, र बायाँ वा दायाँ बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस्."

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table"
msgstr "तालिकाहरू वा तालिकाको सामाग्रीहरू मेट्दा"

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149489\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>मेट्दा; तालिकाहरू वा तालिका सामाग्रीहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>तालिकाहरू; मेट्दा</bookmark_value>"

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149489\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\">तालिकाहरू वा तालिकाको सामाग्रीहरू मेट्दा</link></variable>"

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table."
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातबाट तपाईँ तालिका मेट्न सक्नुहुन्छ, वा तालिकाको सामाग्रीहरू मेट्नुहोस्."

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>."
msgstr "सम्पूर्ण तालिका मेटाउनका लागि, तालिकामा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>तालिका - मेटाउनुहोस् - तालिका</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3153415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace."
msgstr "तालिकाको सामाग्रीहरू मेटाउनका लागि, तालिकामा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, कक्षहरू चयन नभए सम्म <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A थिच्नुहोस् , र मेट्नुहोस् वा ब्याकस्पेस थिच्नुहोस्."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Tables"
msgstr "तालिकाहरू घुसाउँदा"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>तालिकाहरू; पाठ तालिका घुसाइ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>घुसाउदैछ; पाठमा तालिकाहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDE; तालिका घुसाइ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE वस्तुहरू; यसमा तालिका घुसाइ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>कक्ष दायराहरू;स्प्रेडसिटहरू बाट घुसाउदैछ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>स्प्रेडसिटहरूमा तालिकाहरू;पाठमा घुसाउदैछ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>स्प्रेडसिटहरू;यसबाट तालिका घुसाइ</bookmark_value>"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Tables\">Inserting Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Tables\">तालिकाहरू घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149489\n"
"help.text"
msgid "There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet."
msgstr "पाठ कागजातमा तालिका सिर्जना गर्न बिभिन्न तरीकाहरू छन्. तपाईँ उपलरणपट्टीबाट तालिका घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ, मेनु आदेश मार्फत, वा स्प्रेडसिटबाट."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155908\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Toolbar"
msgstr "तालिका घुसाउने उपकरणपट्टीबाट घुसाउन"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr "तपाईँले तालिका घुसाउन चाहनुभएको कागजातको स्थानमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस् ।"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release."
msgstr "तालिका ग्रिडमा, पङ्क्तिहरू र स्तम्भहरूको सङ्ख्या चयन गर्न तान्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ, र छोड्नुहोस्."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid."
msgstr "रद्द गर्नका लागि, ग्रिडको पूर्ववलोकन क्षेत्रमा नदेखे सम्म<emph>रद्द गर्नुहोस्</emph> अन्य स्थान तान्नुहोस् ."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153135\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table With a Menu Command"
msgstr "मेनु आदेश सँग तालिका घुसाउन"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149642\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr "तपाईँले तालिका घुसाउन चाहनुभएको कागजातको स्थानमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस् ।"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149609\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>तालिका - घुसाउनुहोस् - तालिका</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns."
msgstr "<emph>साइज</emph> क्षेत्रमा, पङ्क्ति र स्तम्भहरूको सङ्ख्या प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस्."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145097\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "तपाईँले चाहनु भएको विकल्प चयन गर्नुहोस्, <emph>ठीक छ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149572\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr "Calc स्प्रेडसिटबाट तालिका घुसाउँदा"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149594\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr "तपाईँले घुसाउन चाहनुभएको कक्ष दायरा समावेश गर्ने $[officename] क्याल्क स्प्रेडसिट खोल्नुहोस् ।"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr "स्प्रेडसिटमा, कक्षहरू चयन गर्न तान्नुहोस् ।"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154395\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>सम्पादन - प्रतिलिपि</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154420\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In your text document, do one of the following:"
msgstr "तपाईँको कागजातमा, तलको मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153383\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object."
msgstr ""

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:"
msgstr "<emph>सम्पादन - अनुक्रमणिका प्रविष्टि</emph>रोज्नुहोस्, र तलका मध्ये एक गर्नुहोस्:"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154844\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "विकल्प"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Is inserted as..."
msgstr "... मा घुसाइएको छ"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155893\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet"
msgstr "$[officename] $[officeversion] स्प्रेडसिट"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149986\n"
"help.text"
msgid "OLE object - as with <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or drag-and-drop"
msgstr "OLE वस्तु - Ctrl+V वा तान्नुहोस्-र-छोड्नुहोस् सँग"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3148674\n"
"help.text"
msgid "GDIMetaFile"
msgstr "GDIMetaFile"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3148697\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr "ग्राफिक्स"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153027\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Bitmap"
msgstr "बिटम्याप"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3148957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr "ग्राफिक्स"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "HTML"
msgstr "HTML"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147126\n"
"help.text"
msgid "HTML table"
msgstr "HTML तालिका"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unformatted text"
msgstr "ढाँचाबिहिन पाठ"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Text only, tab stops as separators"
msgstr "पाठ मात्र, बिभाजकहरूको रूपमा ट्याब रोक्दछ"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145227\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Formatted text [RTF]"
msgstr "ढाँचा गरिएको पाठ [RTF]"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150938\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Text table"
msgstr "पाठ तालिका"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150965\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE link (only under Windows) </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE लिङ्क (सञ्झ्यालहरूको तल मात्र) </caseinline></switchinline>"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">तालिका बनावट र सामाग्रीहरू, ढाँचा नगरिकनै. अद्यावधिक सँग </caseinline></switchinline>"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151093\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr "Calc स्प्रेडसिट कक्ष दायरा तान्नुहोस्-र-छोड्नुहोस्"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3151116\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr "तपाईँले घुसाउन चाहनुभएको कक्ष दायरा समावेश गर्ने $[officename] क्याल्क स्प्रेडसिट खोल्नुहोस् ।"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150515\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr "स्प्रेडसिटमा, कक्षहरू चयन गर्न तान्नुहोस् ।"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150534\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells."
msgstr "क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र चयन कक्षहरूमा माउस बटन होल्ड गरेर राख्नुहोस्."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147527\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the selected cells into the text document."
msgstr "पाठ कागजातमा चयन कक्षहरू तान्नुहोस्."

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeating a Table Header on a New Page"
msgstr "नयाँ पृष्ठमा तालिका हेडर दोहोर्याउदै"

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155870\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153406\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">नयाँ पृष्ठमा तालिका हेडर दोहोर्याउदै</link></variable>"

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3149636\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans."
msgstr "प्रत्येक नयाँ पृष्ठमा तपाईँ तालिका अनुच्छेद दोहोर्याउन सक्नुहुन्छ जुन तालिका स्प्यान हुन्छ."

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>तालिका - घुसाउनुहोस् - तालिका</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Heading</item> and the <item type=\"menuitem\">Repeat heading</item> check boxes."
msgstr "<emph>अनुच्छेद </emph>र <emph>अनुच्छेद दोहोर्याउनुहोस् </emph>जाँच बाकसहरू चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153376\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the number of rows and columns for the table."
msgstr "तालिकाका लागि पङ्क्ति र स्तम्भहरूको सङ्ख्या चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153393\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns"
msgstr "तालिकाहरू चयन, पङ्क्तिहरू, र स्तम्भहरू"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"bm_id7693411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;selecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>चयन;तालिकाहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>तालिकाहरू;चयन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>स्तम्भहरू;चयन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पङ्क्तिहरू;चयन</bookmark_value>"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN105F0\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">तालिकाहरू चयन, पङ्क्तिहरू, र स्तम्भहरू</link></variable>"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN1060E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse."
msgstr "तपाईँ पाठ कागजातमा तालिका चयन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ कुञ्जीपाटी वा माउसको मद्दतले."

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN10614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected."
msgstr "कुञ्जीपाटी सँग तालिका चयन गर्नका लागि, तालिकामा कर्सर लैजानुहोस्, र  सबै कक्षहरू चयन नभए सम्म <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A थिच्नुहोस् ."

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN10633\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table."
msgstr "माउस सँग तालिका चयन गर्नका लागि, तालिकाको मात्र माथि र दायाँमा माउस सूचक लैजानुहोस्. माउस सूचक बिकर्ण बाँण बन्दछ. तालिका चयन गर्नका लागि क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN10637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column."
msgstr "माउससँग पङ्क्ति वा स्तम्भ चयन गर्न, स्तम्भको माथि वा पङ्क्तिको ठिक्क बायाँ स्थानमा तोक्नुहोस् । माउस सूचक एउटा बाँण बन्दछ । पङ्क्ति वा स्तम्भ चयन गर्न क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; enlarging and reducing in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells; enlarging/reducing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard; resizing rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>enlarging columns,cells and table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reducing rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; resizing/juxtaposing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>juxtaposing tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heights of table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widths of table columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>column widths in tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>उपकरणपट्टीहरू;त्रि-आयामिक वस्तुहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>त्रि-आयामिक वस्तुहरू; घुसाउँदा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>घुसाउँदा;त्रि-आयामिक वस्तुहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>क्यूबहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>स्फ्रेहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सिलिन्डरहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>कोनहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पेरामिडहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>टउरस</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सेलहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>आधा-स्फ्रेहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>चित्र बनाउँदा;त्रि-आयामिक वस्तुहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table</link></variable>"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3153140\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows."
msgstr "तपाईँ तालिका कक्षहरू र स्तम्भहरूको चौडाइ रिसाइज गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, साथ साथै तालिका पङ्क्तिहरूको उचाइ परिवर्तन गर्नुहोस्."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149615\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155962\" src=\"cmd/sc_solidcreate.png\" width=\"0.1665inch\" height=\"0.1665inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155962\">प्रतिमा</alt></image>"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3146497\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimize Size</item> toolbar on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar."
msgstr "तपाईँ प्रतिमाहरू प्रयोग गरेर <emph>तालिकापट्टी</emph>मा<emph>अनुकूल पार्नुहोस्</emph>पङ्क्ति र स्तम्भहरू बराबरी रूपमा वितरण गर्न पनि  सक्नुहुन्छ."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Width of Columns and Cells"
msgstr "स्तम्भहरू र कक्षहरूको चौडाइ परिवर्तन"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149574\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Width of a Column"
msgstr "स्तम्भको चौडाइ परिवर्तन गर्न:"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149587\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3156246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr "पङ्क्ति बिभाजक स्तम्भ माथि माउस सूचक राख्नुहोस् सूचक बिभाजक प्रतिमा नभए सम्म, र नयाँ स्थानमा पङ्क्ति तान्नुहोस्."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3145390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr "रुलरको स्तम्भ बिभाजन पङ्क्ति माथि माउस सूचक राख्नुहोस् सूचक बिभाजक प्रतिमा नभए सम्म, र नयाँ स्थानमा पङ्क्ति तान्नुहोस्."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id0918200811260957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then click and drag a line to scale all cells right or above the line proportionally."
msgstr "होल्ड डाउन गर्नुहोस् <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> वस्तुको प्रतिलिपि बनाउन वस्तु तान्नुहोस् ।"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3145411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "स्तम्भको कक्षमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस्, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">विकल्प </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> कुञ्जी समाउनुहोस् , र बायाँ वा दायाँ बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस्."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3153364\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key."
msgstr "तालिकाको कुनोको पृष्ठको बायाँ कुनोमा दूरी बढाउनका लागि, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">विकल्प </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift समाउनुहोस् , र दायाँ बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस्."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3155891\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - विकल्प - %PRODUCTNAME राइटर - तालिका</emph>छनोट गरेर बाँण कुञ्जीहरूका लागि तपाईँ व्यबहार निश्चित गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, र विकल्प चयन गर्दा जुन तपाईँ <emph>कुञ्जीपाटी ह्यान्डलिङ</emph> क्षेत्रमा चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149993\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Width of a Cell"
msgstr "कक्षको चौडाइ परिवर्तन गर्न:"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3148676\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">बिल्प </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Ctrl समाउनुहोस् , र बायाँ वा दायाँ बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस्"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153014\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Height of a Row"
msgstr "पङ्क्तिको उचाइ परिवर्तन"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3153035\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key."
msgstr "पङ्क्तिको उचाइ परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि, कर्सर पङ्क्तिको कक्षमा राख्नुहोस्, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">बिल्प </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> कुञ्जी समाउनुहोस्, र माथि वा तल बाँण कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस्."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id8478041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Resizing a Whole Table"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3358867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id5366679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id1279030\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click inside the table. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers."
msgstr ""

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id5009308\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr "तालिकाको सामाग्रीहरू मेटाउनका लागि, तालिकामा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, कक्षहरू चयन नभए सम्म <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A थिच्नुहोस् , र मेट्नुहोस् वा ब्याकस्पेस थिच्नुहोस्."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id4190496\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format."
msgstr ""

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard"
msgstr "कुञ्जीपाटीद्वारा पङ्क्ति र स्तम्भहरू परिमार्जन"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">कुञ्जीपाटीद्वारा पङ्क्ति र स्तम्भहरू परिमार्जन गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149835\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits."
msgstr "जब तपाईँ कक्षहरू घुसाउनुहुन्छ वा मेटाउनुहुन्छ, तालिकामा पङ्क्तिहरू वा स्तम्भहरू, <emph>पङ्क्ति/स्तम्भहरूको व्यबहार</emph> विकल्पले कसरी छिमेकी तत्वहरू प्रभावित भएको छ भनेर जनाउँदछ. उदाहरणका लागि, तपाईँ तालिकामा मात्र नयाँ पङ्क्तिहरू र स्तम्भहरू घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ <emph>निश्चित गरिएको</emph> पङ्क्ति र स्तम्भ आयामहरू सँग यदि खाली स्थानले अनुमति दिन्छ."

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id7344279\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes."
msgstr "टिप्पणी गर्नुहोस् कि यी गुणहरू स्तम्भ चौडाइको परिवर्तनहरूका लागि मात्र वैध छ जुन कुञ्जीपाटी प्रयोग गरि बनाइएको थियो. माउस प्रयोग गरि, तपाईँलाई कुनै स्तम्भ चौडाइ परिवर्तनहरू बनाउन छुट छ."

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3156110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To set the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>. There are three display modes for tables:"
msgstr ""

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149638\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr "<emph>निश्चित गरिएको</emph> - परिवर्तनहरूले मात्र अनुकूल कक्ष प्रभाव पार्दछ, र सम्पूर्ण तालिका होइन. उदाहरणका लागि, जब तपाईँ कक्ष फराकिलो पार्नुहुन्छ, अनुकूल कक्ष साँघुरो बन्दछ, तर तालिकाको चौडाइ स्थिर रहन्छ."

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149613\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr "<emph>निश्चित गरिएको, अनुपात</emph> - परिवर्तनहरूले सम्पूर्ण तालिका प्रभाव पार्दछ, र चौडा कक्षहुर साँघुरो कक्षहरू भन्दा बढी खुम्चिन्छन . उदाहरणका लागि, जब तपाईँ कक्ष चौडा पार्नुहुन्छ, अनुकूल कक्षहरू अनुपात रूपमा साँघुरो बन्दछ, तर तालिकाको चौडाइ स्थिर रहन्छ."

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases."
msgstr "<emph>चल</emph> - परिवर्तनहरूले तालिका साइजलाई प्रभाव पार्दछ. उदाहरणका लागि, जब तपाईँ कक्ष चौडा पार्नुहुन्छ, तालिकाको चौडाइ बढ्दछ."

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Document Template"
msgstr "कागजात टेम्प्लेट सिर्जना गर्दा"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>कागजात टेम्प्लेटहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>टेम्प्लेटहरू; कागजात टेम्प्लेटहरू सिर्जना गर्दा</bookmark_value>"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">Creating a Document Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">कागजात टेम्प्लेट सिर्जना गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149492\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents."
msgstr "नयाँ पाठ कागजातहरू सिर्जना गर्नका लागि आधारभूतको रूपमा प्रयोग गर्न तपाईँ टेम्प्लेट सिर्जना गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ."

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr "कागजात सिर्जना गर्नुहोस् र सामाग्री र ढाँचा शैलीहरू थप गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3147422\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>."
msgstr ""

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Template</item> box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr "<emph>नयाँ टेम्प्लेट </emph>बाकसमा, नयाँ टेम्प्लेटका लागि नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस्."

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3156098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a template category in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item> list."
msgstr "<emph>कोटिहरू </emph>सूचीमा टेम्प्लेट कोटि चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3153404\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a document based on the template, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - New - Templates</item>, select the template, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Open</item>."
msgstr ""

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149636\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Save As Template\">File - Templates - Save As Template</link>"
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Default Template"
msgstr "पूर्वनिर्धारित टेम्प्लेट परिवर्तन"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155913\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>default templates;defining/resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पूर्वनिर्धारित टेम्प्लेटहरू; परिभाषित गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पूर्वनिर्धारितहरू; टेम्प्लेटहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>टेम्प्लेटहरू; पूर्वनिर्धारित टेम्प्लेटहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठ;पूर्वनिर्धारित टेम्प्लेटहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155913\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default Template\">Changing the Default Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default Template\">पूर्वनिर्धारित टेम्प्लेट परिवर्तन</link></variable>"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3145569\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"hd_id6414990\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Default Template"
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149838\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr "कागजात र सामाग्री र ढाँचा शैलीहरू सिर्जना गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3156101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149283\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr "<emph>नयाँ टेम्प्लेट</emph> बाकसमा, नयाँ टेम्प्लेटका लागि नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस्."

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3153409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the dialog that appears, double-click the \"My Templates\" folder, and then click <emph>Save</emph>. You will then be prompted for a name; write it and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3153140\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149952\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the \"My Templates\" folder."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click on the template that you created, and click <emph>Set as Default</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Close the dialog."
msgstr ""

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Templates and Styles"
msgstr "टेम्प्लेट र शैलीहरू"

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>शैलीहरू ढाँचा गर्दा; शैलीहरू र टेम्प्लेटहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>शैलीहरू; शैलीहरू र टेम्प्लेटहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>आयोजक गर्दा; टेम्प्लेटहरू (मार्गदर्शक)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>टेम्प्लेटहरू; आयोजक गर्दा (मार्गदर्शक)</bookmark_value>"

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and Styles\">Templates and Styles</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and Styles\">टेम्प्लेट र शैलीहरू</link></variable>"

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149635\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles."
msgstr "टेम्प्लेट कागजात हो जुनले निश्चित ढाँचा गरिएको शैलीहरू, ग्राफिक्स, तालिकाहरू, वस्तुहरू, र अन्य सूचना समावेश गर्दछ. अन्य कागजातहरू सिर्जनाको आधारमा टेम्प्लेट प्रयोग हुन्छ. उदाहरणका लागि, तपाईँ अनुच्छेद र क्यारेक्टर शैलीहरू कागजातमा परिभाषित गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, टेम्प्लेटको रूपमा कागजात बचत गर्नुहोस्, र नयाँ कागजात उही शैलीहरू सँग सिर्जना गर्न टेम्प्लेट प्रयोग गर्नुहोस्."

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template."
msgstr ""

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149974\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] has a number of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters."
msgstr "$[officename] सँग <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">पूर्वपरिभाषित टेम्प्लेटहरूको सङ्ख्या छ</link> जुन तपाईँ बिभिन्न प्रकारहरू वा पाठ कागजातहरू सिर्जना गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, जस्तै व्यापार चिठ्ठीहरू."

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Animating Text"
msgstr "पाठ एनिमेसन"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"bm_id3151182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पाठ एनिमेसन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>प्रभावहरू; पाठ एनिमेसन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठ एनिमेसन</bookmark_value>"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Animating Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">पाठ एनिमेसन</link></variable>"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3145080\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text."
msgstr "तपाईँ पाठ मात्र एनिमेसन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ जुन चित्राङ्कन वस्तुमा समावेश भएको थियो, जस्तै आयातहरू, पङ्क्तिहरू, वा पाठ वस्तुहरू. उदाहरणका लागि, आयात कोर्नुहोस्, र आयातमा डबल-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र तपाईँको पाठ प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3149811\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate."
msgstr "तपाईँले एनिमेसन गर्न चाहनु भएको पाठको चित्राङ्कन वस्तु चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Animation</item> tab."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , र <emph> पृष्ठ शैली</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3149819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Effect</item> box, select the animation that you want."
msgstr "<emph>प्रभाव</emph>बाकसमा, तपाईँले चाहनु भएको एनिमेसन चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3145786\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "प्रभावको गुणहरू सेट गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>ठीक छ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Case of Text"
msgstr "पाठको केस परिवर्तन"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Case of Text\">Changing the Case of Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Case of Text\">पाठको केस परिवर्तन</link></variable>"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection."
msgstr "तपाईँ पाठको केस परिवर्तन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, सानो अक्षहरू सँग पाठ ढाँचा गर्नुहोस्, वा चयनमा प्रत्येक शव्दको पहिलो अक्षर क्यापिटलाइज गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_idN10728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you apply formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Text</emph> or <emph>Format - Text - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed."
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Capitalize Text"
msgstr "पाठ क्यापिटलाइज गर्नका लागि:"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3147420\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to capitalize."
msgstr "क्यापिटलाइज गर्न चाहनुहुने पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3149841\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id1120200910485778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Uppercase</item>."
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id1120200910485775\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. \"Capitals\" capitalizes all letters. \"Title\" capitalizes the first letter of each word. \"Small capitals\" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size."
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change Text to Lowercase"
msgstr "सानो बर्णमा पाठ परिवर्तन गर्न:"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3149964\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to change to lowercase."
msgstr "पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ सानो बर्णमा परिवर्तन गर्न चाहनुहुन्थ्यो."

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3149606\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "निम्न मध्ये एउटा गर्नुहोस्:"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id112020091049000\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Lowercase</item>."
msgstr ""

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id1120200910490034\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select \"Lowercase\" in the Effects box."
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page"
msgstr "फ्रेम प्रयोग गरि पृष्ठमा पाठ केन्द्रित गर्न"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155177\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>centering;text frames on pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155177\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">फ्रेम प्रयोग गरि पृष्ठमा पाठ केन्द्रित गर्न</link></variable>"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to center on the page."
msgstr "पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ पृष्ठलाई केन्द्रित गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - फ्रेम</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3152765\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">To page</item>."
msgstr "<emph>एङ्कर </emph> क्षेत्रमा <emph>पृष्ठमा</emph>चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149844\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Size</item> area, set the dimensions of the frame."
msgstr "<emph>साइज </emph>क्षेत्रमा, फ्रेमको बिकर्णहरू सेट गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Position</item> area, select \"Center\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Horizontal</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Vertical</item> boxes."
msgstr "<emph>अवस्था </emph>क्षेत्रमा,<emph>तेर्सो </emph>र <emph>ठाडो </emph>बाकसहरूमा \"केन्द्र\"चयन गर्नुहोस् ."

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149615\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>. Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set No Border</item> box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Arrangement</item> area."
msgstr ""

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame."
msgstr "फ्रेमलाई रिसाइज गर्न, फ्रेनको कुना तान्नुहोस्."

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using the Direct Cursor"
msgstr "प्रत्यक्ष कर्सर प्रयोग गर्दा"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entering text with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direct cursor; settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>writing with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cursor;direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>settings;direct cursor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पाठ; कर्सर</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>प्रत्यक्ष कर्सर सँग पाठ प्रविष्ट गर्दैछ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>प्रत्यक्ष कर्सर; सेटिङहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>प्रत्यक्ष कर्सर सँग लेख्दैछ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>कर्सर;प्रत्यक्ष कर्सर</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सेटिङहरू;प्रत्यक्ष कर्सर</bookmark_value>"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct Cursor\">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct Cursor\">प्रत्यक्ष कर्सर प्रयोग गरि</link></variable>"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_id3155908\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page."
msgstr "प्रत्यक्ष कर्सरले तपाईँलाई पृष्ठको जहाँ पनि प्रविष्टि गराउन अनुमति दिन्छ."

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_id3155921\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106A3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools</item> bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Direct Cursor</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरण</emph> पट्टीमा, <emph>प्रत्यक्ष कर्सर</emph> प्रतिमा <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"5.64mm\" height=\"5.64mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">प्रतिमा</alt></image> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:"
msgstr "पाठ कागजातको छुट खाली स्थानमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्. माउस सूचक पङ्क्तिबद्व रिफ्लेक्ट गर्नका लागि परिवर्तन हुन्छ जुन पाठमा लागू गरिन्छ जुन तपाईँले टाइप गर्नुभएको थियो."

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">Icon</alt></image> Align left"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"3.7mm\" height=\"8.2mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">प्रतिमा</alt></image> बायाँ पङ्क्तिबद्ध गर्नुहोस्"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106E4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Icon</alt></image> Centered"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"6.09mm\" height=\"8.2mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">प्रतिमा</alt></image> केन्द्रित गर्नुहोस्"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN10700\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">Icon</alt></image> Align right"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"3.97mm\" height=\"8.2mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">प्रतिमा</alt></image> दायाँ पङ्क्तिबद्ध गर्नुहोस्"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN1071D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces."
msgstr "तपाईँको पाठ टाइप गर्नुहोस्. %PRODUCTNAME ले स्वत: खाली पङ्क्तिहरूको आवश्यक सङ्ख्या घुसाउँदछ, र, यदि विकल्प असक्षम भएमा, ट्याब र खाली स्थानहरू."

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Emphasizing Text"
msgstr "पाठ प्राथमिकिकरण गर्दा"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पाठ; प्राथमिकिकरण गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठ प्राथमिकिकरण गर्दा</bookmark_value>"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing Text\">Emphasizing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing Text\">पाठ प्राथमिकिकरण गर्दा </link></variable>"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3155922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:"
msgstr "पाठलाई कसरी प्राथमिकिकरण गरेर कागजातमा लाने भनेर यहाँ केही उदाहरणहरू छन्:"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3147412\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>."
msgstr "पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् र बिभिन्न फन्ट शैली वा प्रभाव लागू गर्नुहोस्, जस्तै <emph>गाढा</emph>."

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3149840\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "अनुच्छेदमा दायाँ-क्लिक, <emph>अनुच्छेद </emph>रोज्नुहोस्, तपाईँले चाहनु भएको विकल्प सेट गर्नुहोस्, उदाहरणका लागि, पृष्ठभूमि रङ, र <emph>ठीक छ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ."

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3150084\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item>."
msgstr "पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>फ्रेम घुसाउनुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id6924649\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar."
msgstr "चित्राङ्कन उपकरणपट्टीमा पाठ उपकरण प्रयोग गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_idN106E7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar."
msgstr "फन्टकार्य प्रयोग गर्नुहोस्. फन्टकार्य सञ्झ्याल खोल्नका लागि, चित्राङ्कन पट्टीमा फन्टकार्य प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames"
msgstr "घुसाउँदा, सम्पादन, र पाठ फ्रेमहरू लिङ्क गर्दा"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149487\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>resizing;text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scaling; text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>links;text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from printing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149487\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">घुसाउँदा, सम्पादन, र पाठ फ्रेमहरू लिङ्क गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149842\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text."
msgstr "पाठ फ्रेम पाठ र ग्राफिक्सका लागि कन्टेनर हो जुन तपाईँ पृष्ठको जहाँ पनि राख्न सक्नुहुन्छ. तपाईँ पाठमा स्तम्भ सजावट लागू गर्न फ्रेम पनि प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Text Frame"
msgstr "पाठ फ्रेमहरू घुसाउँदा"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149961\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to include in the frame."
msgstr "पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ फ्रेममा समावेश गर्न चाहनुहुन्थ्यो."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149602\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - फ्रेम</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , र ठीक छ क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Edit a Text Frame"
msgstr "पाठ फ्रेमहरू सम्पादन"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149578\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want."
msgstr "पाठ फ्रेमको सामाग्रीहरू सम्पादन गर्नका लागि, फ्रेममा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र तपाईँले चाहेको परिवर्तनहरू बनाउनुहोस्."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3156239\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>."
msgstr "फ्रेम सम्पादन गर्नका लागि, फ्रेम चयन गर्नुहोस्, दायाँ-क्लिक, र ढाँचा विकल्प रोज्नुहोस्. तपाईँ चयन गरिएको फ्रेममा दायाँ-क्लिक पनि गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, र  <emph>फ्रेम</emph>रोज्नुहोस्."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3156261\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame."
msgstr "पाठ फ्रेम रिसाइज गर्नका लागि, फ्रेमको कुनोमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र फ्रेमको एउटा कुना र कुनोहरू तान्नुहोस्. Shift समाउनुहोस् जब तपाईँले फ्रेमको अनुपात मिलाउनका लागि."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153386\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide Text From Printing"
msgstr "मुद्रणबाट पाठ लुकाउँदा"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text frame (you see the eight handles)."
msgstr "पाठ फ्रेम चयन गर्नुहोस् (तपाईँ आठ ह्यान्डलहरू देख्नुहुन्छ)."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3155875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Options</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3155899\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>गुणहरू</emph>क्षेत्रमा, <emph>मुद्रण</emph> जाँच बाकस चिनोबिहिन गर्नुहोस् र  <emph>ठीक छ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148701\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Link Text Frames"
msgstr "पाठ फ्रेमहरू लिङ्क गर्दा"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149986\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another."
msgstr ""

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3153025\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame."
msgstr "तपाईँले लिङ्क गर्न चाहनु भएको फ्रेमको कुनो क्लिक गर्नुहोस्. ह्यान्डलहरूको चयनले फ्रेमको कुनोमा देखा पर्दछ."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link Frames</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरण</emph> पट्टीमा, <emph>प्रत्यक्ष कर्सर</emph> प्रतिमा <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"5.64mm\" height=\"5.64mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">प्रतिमा</alt></image> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150930\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the frame that you want to link to."
msgstr "तपाईँले लिङ्क गर्न चाहनु भएको फ्रेममा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150947\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can only link frames if:"
msgstr "तपाईँ लिङ्क फ्रेमहरू मात्र गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ यदि:"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150969\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The target frame is empty."
msgstr "लक्ष्य फ्रेम खाली छ."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154365\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The target frame is not linked to another frame."
msgstr "लक्ष्य फ्रेम अर्को फ्रेम सँग लिङ्क छैन."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154383\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame."
msgstr "स्रोत र लक्ष्य फ्रेमहरू एउटै सेक्सनमा छन्. उदाहरणका लागि, तपाईँ हेडर फ्रेम फुटर फ्रेममा लिङ्क गर्न सक्नुहुन्न."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3145559\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The source frame does not have a next link."
msgstr "स्रोत फ्रेम सँग अर्को लिङ्क छैन."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3145577\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The target or the source frame are not contained in each other."
msgstr "लक्ष्य वा स्रोत फ्रेम एक अर्का सँग समावेश छैन."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3151083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames."
msgstr "जब तपाईँले लिङ्क फ्रेम चयन गर्नुहुन्छ, लिङ्क गरिएका फ्रेमहरू जडान गर्ने एउटा लाइन प्रदर्शन हुन्छ ।"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id5853144\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard"
msgstr "कुञ्जीपाटीद्वारा नेभिगेट र चयन"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"bm_id3159260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; navigating and selecting with keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>navigating; in text, with keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>selecting;text, with keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard; navigating and selecting in text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"hd_id3159260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\">कुञ्जीपाटीसँग नेभिगेट र चयन</link></variable>"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard."
msgstr "तपाईँ कागजात मार्फत नेभिगेट गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ र कुञ्जीपाटीद्वारा चयन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id1031200810571916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id1031200810571929\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor."
msgstr ""

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Key"
msgstr "कुञ्जी"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155870\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Function"
msgstr "प्रकार्य"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156220\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Command key</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>आदेश कुञ्जी</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl कुञ्जी</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156113\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right, left arrow keys"
msgstr "दायाँ, बायाँ बाँण कुञ्जीहरू"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3150105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right."
msgstr "कर्सर एक क्यारेक्टर बायाँ वा दायाँ लैजानुहोस्."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3153418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right."
msgstr "कर्सर एक शव्द बायाँ वा दायाँ तर्फ लैजानुहोस्."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149629\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Up, down arrow keys"
msgstr "माथि, तल बाँण कुञ्जीहरू"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor up or down one line."
msgstr "कर्सर एक पङ्क्ति माथि वा तल लैजानुहोस्."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149972\n"
"help.text"
msgid "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the current paragraph up or down."
msgstr "(Ctrl+Alt) ले हालको अनुच्छेदलाई माथि वा तल लैजान्छ."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149624\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "गृह"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149871\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line."
msgstr "हालको सुरुको पङ्क्तिमा कर्सर लैजान्छ."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3145108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr "हालको सुरुको कागजातमा कर्सर लैजान्छ."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149586\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "गृह"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156237\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr "तालिकामा"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr "हालको कक्षको सुरुको सामाग्रीहरूमा कर्सर लैजान्छ."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3145409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr "हालको कक्षको सामाग्रीहरूको सुरुमा कर्सर लैजान्छ. कर्सर तालिकाको पहिलो कक्षमा फेरि लैजानका लागि फेरि थिच्नुहोस्. कर्सर कागजातको सुरुमा लैजानका लागि फेरि थिच्नुहोस्."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr "अन्त्य"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3153372\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the current line."
msgstr "कर्सर हालको पङ्क्तिको अन्त्यमा लैजान्छ."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154235\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the document"
msgstr "कर्सर कागजातको अन्त्यमा लैजान्छ"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr "अन्त्य"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr "तालिकामा"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr "हालको कक्षमा सामाग्रीहरूको अन्त्यमा लैजान्छ."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155894\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document."
msgstr "हालको कक्षको सामाग्रीहरूको अन्त्यमा कर्सर लैजान्छ. कर्सर तालिकाको अन्त्य कक्षमा फेरि लैजानका लागि फेरि थिच्नुहोस्. कर्सर कागजातको अन्त्यमा लैजानका लागि फेरि थिच्नुहोस्."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155944\n"
"help.text"
msgid "PgUp"
msgstr "PgUp"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3148678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Scrolls up one page."
msgstr "एक पृष्ठ माथि स्क्रोल गर्दछ."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3148701\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the header."
msgstr "कर्सर हेडरमा लैजान्छ."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149998\n"
"help.text"
msgid "PgDn"
msgstr "PgDn"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3153018\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Scroll down one page."
msgstr "एक पृष्ठ तल स्क्रोल गर्दछ."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3148949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the footer."
msgstr "कर्सर फुटरमा लैजान्छ."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rotating Text"
msgstr "परिक्रमण पाठ"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पाठ; प्राथमिकिकरण गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठ प्राथमिकिकरण गर्दा</bookmark_value>"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">Rotating Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">परिक्रमण पाठ</link></variable>"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3147410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object."
msgstr "तपाईँ पाठ परिक्रमण गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ जुन चित्राङ्कन वस्तुमा समावेश छ."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3153130\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing</item> toolbar."
msgstr "<emph>चित्राङ्कन</emph>उपकरणपट्टी खोल्नका लागि<emph>दृश्य - उपकरणपट्टीहरू- चित्राङ्कन</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149866\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149590\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text."
msgstr "पाठ वस्तु चित्राङ्कन गर्न तपाईँको कागजातमा तान्नुहोस्, र तपाईँको पाठ टाइप गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3154415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar."
msgstr ""

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3154252\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag one of the corner handles of the text object."
msgstr "पाठ वस्तुको एउटा कुना ह्यान्डलहरू तान्नुहोस्."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3154844\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object."
msgstr "तपाईँ पाठ वस्तुलाई दायाँ-क्लिक पनि गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, <emph>स्थिति र साइज</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , <emph>परिक्रम</emph> ट्याब  क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र परिक्रमण कोण वा वस्तुका लागि नयाँ स्थिति प्रविष्ट गर्नुहोस्."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3155888\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Show Draw Functions</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">चित्राङ्कन प्रकार्यहरू देखाउनुहोस्</link>"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting an Entire Text Document"
msgstr "सम्पूर्ण पाठ कागजात घुसाउँदा"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155185\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155185\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text Document\">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text Document\">कुल पाठ कागजात घुसाउँदा</link></variable>"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"hd_id1812799\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Text File"
msgstr "पाठ फ्रेमहरू घुसाउँदा"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr "तपाईँले फाइल घुसाउन चाहनुभएको कागजातको स्थानमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस् ।"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3147412\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - फाइल</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149839\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "तपाईँले घुसाउन चाहनु भएको पाठ कागजातलाई अवस्थित गराउनुहोस्, र <emph>ठीक छ</emph>क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3148858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link."
msgstr "पाठ कागजातहरूको सामाग्रीहरू हालको कागजातमा स्थापित हुन्छ र अद्यावधिक हुँदैन यदि स्रोत फाइल पिवर्तन भयो भने. यदि तपाईँ सामाग्रीहरू तपाईँले स्रोत कागजात परिवर्तन गरेको बला स्वत: अद्यावधिक होस् भन्ने चाहनुहुन्छ भने, फाइल लिङ्कको रूपमा घुसाउनुहोस्."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link"
msgstr "लिङ्कको रूपमा कुल पाठ कागजात घुसाउँदा"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3150096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr "तपाईँले फाइल घुसाउन चाहनुभएको कागजातको स्थानमा कर्सर राख्नुहोस् ।"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3153404\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस् - सेक्सन</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3153127\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box."
msgstr "<emph>नयाँ सेक्सन</emph> बाकसमा नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस् , र <emph>लिङ्क</emph>जाँच बाकस चयन गर्नुहोस् ."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149642\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">File Name</item> box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button and locate the file."
msgstr "<emph>फाइल नाम </emph>बाकसमा, फाइलको नाम टाइप गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ घुसाउन चाहनुहुन्छ, वा ब्राउज बटन क्लिक गर्नुहोस् (<emph>...</emph>) र फाइल अवस्थित गर्नुहोस्."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Sections</item> box."
msgstr "यदि लक्ष पाठ कागजातले सेक्सनहरू समावेश गर्छ भने, तपाईँ <emph> सेक्सन</emph> बाकसहरूमा तपाईँले घुसाउन चाहनुभएको सेक्सन चयन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149619\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, set the formatting options for the section."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ भने, सेक्सनका लागि ढाँचा विकल्प सेट गर्नुहोस्."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149862\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>घुसाउनुहोस्</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3145099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>."
msgstr "$[officename] ले घुसाइएको सेक्सनको सामाग्रीहरू स्वत: अद्यावधिक गर्दछ जहिले स्रोत कागजात परिवर्तन हुन्छ. सेक्सनको म्यानुअल सामाग्रीहरू अद्यावधिक गर्नका लागि, <emph>उपकरणहरू - अद्यावधिक - सबै अद्यावधिक गर्नुहोस्</emph>रोज्नुहोस्."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr "योजक चिन्ह"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\">Hyphenation</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\">Hyphenation</link></variable>"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior:"
msgstr "पूर्वनिर्धारितबाट, $[officename] शव्दहरू चलाउँदछ जुन अर्को पङ्क्तिको पङ्क्तिमा मिल्दैन. यदि तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ भने, यो व्यबहार खारेज गर्न तपाईँ स्वचालित वा म्यानुअल योजक चिन्ह प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ:"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatic Hyphenation"
msgstr "स्वचालित हाइफनेसन"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3147414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs."
msgstr "स्वचालित हाइफनेसनले हाइफन घुसाउँदछ जहाँ तिनीहरू अनुच्छेका लागि आवश्यक हुन्छ । यो विकल्प मात्र अनुच्छेद शैलीहरू र व्यक्तिगत अनुच्छेदहरूका लागि मात्र उपलब्ध हुन्छ."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149832\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph"
msgstr "अनुच्छेदमा स्वत: पाठ योजक चिन्ह राख्दै"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3148850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr "दायाँ-क्लिक अनुच्छेदमा, र <emph>अनुच्छेद</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3156104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>पाठ प्रवाह</emph></link> ट्याब क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3150101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box."
msgstr "<emph>योजक चिन्ह </emph> क्षेत्रमा,<emph>स्वचालित</emph> जाँच बाकस चयन गर्नुहोस् ."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3153121\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149629\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs"
msgstr "बहु अनुच्छेदहरूमा पाठ स्वचालित तरीकाले योजक चिन्हित गराउन:"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँ स्वचालित रूपमा एक भन्दा बढी अनुच्छेद योजक चिन्ह राख्न चाहनुहुन्छ भने, अनुच्छेद शैली प्रयोग गर्नुहोस्."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149956\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the \"Default\" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "उदाहरणका लागि, स्वचालित योजक चिन्ह विकल्प सक्षम पार्नुहोस् \"पूर्वनिर्धारित\" अनुच्छेद शैलीका लागि, र अनुच्छेदहरूमा शैली लागू गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ योजक चिन्ह राख्न चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , र <emph>अनुच्छेद शैली</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "अनुच्छेद शैलीमा दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ योजक चिन्ह राख्न चाहनुहुन्छ, र <emph>परिमार्जन</emph> रोज्नुहोस्."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3145106\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the Text Flow tab."
msgstr "<emph>पाठ प्रवाह</emph>ट्याब क्लिक गर्नहोस् ।"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149582\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box."
msgstr "<emph>योजक चिन्ह </emph> क्षेत्रमा,<emph>स्वचालित</emph> जाँच बाकस चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3156250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3145400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "तपाईँले योजक चिन्ह राख्न चाहनु भएको अनुच्छेदहरूमा शैली लागू गर्नुहोस्."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145417\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Manual Hyphenation"
msgstr "म्यानुअल योजक चिन्ह"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation."
msgstr "तपाईँ योजक चिन्ह घुसाउन सक्नुहुन्छ जहाँ तपाईँ पङ्क्ति चाहनुहुन्छ, वा $[officename] योजक चिन्हका लागि शव्दहरूको खोजी गर्नुहोस्, र सुझाव गरिएको योजक चिन्ह प्रस्ताव गर्नुहोस्."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id6587651\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Single Words"
msgstr ""

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3153363\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-)."
msgstr "द्रुत रूपमा योजक चिन्ह  घुसाउनका लागि, शव्दमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जहाँ तपाईँ योजक चिन्ह थप गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ, र <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+योजक चिन्ह (-) थिच्नुहोस्."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154244\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँले म्यानुअल योजक चिन्ह  शव्दमा घुसाउनु भयो भने, शव्द मात्र म्यानुअल योजक चिन्ह मा योजक चिन्ह  हुन्छ. कुनै थप स्वचालित योजक चिन्ह यो शव्दका लागि लागू गरिएन. म्यानुअल योजक चिन्ह  संगको शव्द योजक चिन्ह  हुन्छ छायाकरण सँग सम्बन्धित नभएर नै <emph>पाठ प्रवाह</emph> ट्याब पृष्ठमा."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154847\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection"
msgstr "चयनमा म्यानुअल तरीकाले पाठ योजक चिन्ह राख्न:"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154869\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ योजक चिन्ह राख्न चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - भाषा - हाइफनेसन</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154361\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">पाठ प्रवाह</link>"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Bullets"
msgstr "गोलिचिन्हहरू थप गरिँदै"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>गोली चिन्ह सूचीहरू;खोल्दै र बन्द गर्दै</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अनुच्छेदहरू; गोली चिन्ह लगाइएको</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>गोलीचिन्हहरू;थप्दै र सम्पादन गर्दै</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सम्पादन गर्दै;गोलीचिन्हहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ढाँचाबद्ध गर्दा;गोलीचिन्हहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>थप्दा;गोलीचिन्हहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>हटाउदा;पाठ कागजातहरूमा गोलीचिन्हहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>परिवर्तन गर्दा;गोलीचिन्ह प्रतीकहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Adding Bullets</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">गोलिचिन्हहरू थप गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3291116\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Bullets"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to."
msgstr "अनुच्छेद(हरू) चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ गोलिचिन्हहरूमा थप गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149635\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा</emph> पट्टीमा, <emph>गोलीचिन्ह खुल्ला/बन्द</emph> प्रतिमा <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"5.64mm\" height=\"5.64mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">प्रतिमा</alt></image> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3145403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr "गोलिचिन्हहरू हटाउन, गोलिचिन्ह अनुच्छेदहरू चयन गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>ढाँचा गरिएको</emph> पट्टीमा<emph>गोलिचिन्हहरू सुरु/बन्द</emph>प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ."

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Format Bullets"
msgstr "गोलिचिन्हहरू ढाँचा गर्दा"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3154416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting of a bulleted list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>."
msgstr "गोलिचिन्ह सूचीहरूको ढाँचा परिवर्तन गर्न, <emph>ढाँचा - गोलिचिन्हहरू र क्रमाङ्कन</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3153390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> button next to <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Image</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> area."
msgstr "उदाहरणका लागि, गोलिचिन्ह प्रतीक परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि,<emph>विकल्प</emph> ट्याब  क्लिक गर्नुहोस् , ब्राउजर बटन क्लिक गर्नुहोस् (<emph>...</emph>)<emph>क्यारेक्टर पछिको</emph>, र स्पेशल क्यारेक्टर चयन गर्नुहोस्. तपाईँ <emph>ग्राफिक्स</emph> ट्याबमा क्लिक पनि गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ , र <emph>चयन </emph>क्षेत्रमा प्रतीक शैली क्लिक गर्नुहोस्"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Numbering"
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कन थप गर्दा"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">Adding Numbering</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">क्रमाङ्कन थप गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"hd_id4188970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Numbering to a List"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr "अनुच्छेद(हरू) चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ क्रमाङ्कनमा थप गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3149968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा</emph> पट्टीमा, <emph>क्रमाङ्कन खोल्नु/बन्द</emph> प्रतिमा <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"5.64mm\" height=\"5.64mm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">प्रतिमा</alt></image> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3149573\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कित सूचीको श्रृङ्खला र  ढाँचा परिवर्तन गर्नलाई, सूचीमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र त्यसपछि <emph>गोलिचिन्हहरू र क्रमाङ्कन</emph> उपकरणपट्टी क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ."

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3153365\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कन हटाउनका लागि, क्रमाङ्कन अनुच्छेदहरू चयन गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>ढाँचा</emph> पट्टीमा <emph>क्रमाङ्कन सुरु/बन्द</emph> प्रतिमा  क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Format a Numbered List"
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कित सूची ढाँचा गर्दा"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3154246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कन सूचीको ढाँचा परिवर्तन गर्न, सूचीमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>ढाँचा - गोलिचिन्हहरू र क्रमाङ्कन</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Numbering and Numbering Styles"
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कन र क्रमाङ्कन शैलीहरू"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>क्रमाङ्कन; म्यानुअल तरीकाले/शैलीहरू द्वारा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठमा म्यानुअल क्रमाङ्कन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>अनुच्छेद शैलीहरू;क्रमाङ्कन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>क्रमाङ्कन शैलीहरू;लागू गर्दैछ</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>लागू गर्दै;क्रमाङ्कन शैलीहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">क्रमाङ्कन र क्रमाङ्कन शैलीहरू</link></variable>"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149818\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style."
msgstr "तपाईँ अनुच्छेदमा क्रमाङ्कन म्यानुअल तरीकाले वा अनुच्छेद शैलीद्वारा लागू गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id6140629\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply Numbering Manually"
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155866\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3153405\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under \"Special Styles\" in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "तपाईँ म्यानुअल क्रमाङ्कन अनुच्छेदहरूमा लागू गर्न सक्नुहुन्न जुन सूची गरिएको छ \"विशेष शैलीहरू\" शैलीहरू र ढाँचा गरिएको सञ्झ्याल भित्र."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN10711\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again."
msgstr "जब तपाईँ सङ्ख्या वा गोलिचिन्ह सूचीमा Enter थिच्नुहुन्छ, <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> स्वत: अर्को अनुच्छेदमा सङ्ख्या दिइन्छ. नयाँ अनुच्छेदबाट क्रमाङ्कन वा गोलिचिन्ह हटाउनका लागि, Enter फेरि थिच्नुहोस्."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN1072B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key."
msgstr "सूचीमा गोलिचिन्हको हाइरार्किकल तह परिवर्तन गर्न, अनुच्छेदको अगाडि क्लिक गर्नुहोस्, र ट्याब कुञ्जी थिच्नुहोस्."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN1072F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format."
msgstr "हालको अनुच्छेदका लागि मात्र गोलिचिन्हहरू वा क्रमाङ्कन ढाँचा परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि, अनुच्छेदमा क्यारेक्टर वा शव्द चयन गर्नुहोस्, गोलिचिन्हहरू र क्रमाङ्कन रोज्नुहोस्, र नयाँ ढाँचा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN10733\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format."
msgstr "सूचीको सबै अनुच्छेदहरूका लागि गोलिचिन्ह वा क्रमाङ्कन ढाँचा परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि, निश्चित गर्नुहोस् कर्सर सूचीमा छ, गोलिचिन्हहरू र क्रमाङ्कन रोज्नुहोस्, र नयाँ ढाँचा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN10737\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a format."
msgstr "सूचीको सबै अनुच्छेदहरूमा उही गोलिचिन्ह वा क्रमाङ्कन ढाँचा लागू गर्न, सबै अनुच्छेदहरू चयन गर्नुहोस्, गोलिचिन्हहरू र क्रमाङ्कन रोज्नुहोस्, र ढाँचा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN1073A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also use the commands on the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon."
msgstr "तपाईँ सङ्ख्या वा गोलिचिन्ह सूची सम्पादन गर्नका लागि<link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">गोलिचिन्हहरू र क्रमाङ्कन</link> उपकरणपट्टीमा आदेशहरू पनि प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ  . क्रमाङ्कन वा गोलिचिन्ह ढाँचा परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि, <emph>गोलिचिन्हहरू र क्रमाङ्कन</emph> प्रतिमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style"
msgstr "क्रमाङ्कन अनुच्छेद शैली सँग लागू गर्न"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3153137\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated."
msgstr "अनुच्छेद शैलीहरूले तपाईँलाई क्रमाङ्कन माथि ठूलो नियन्त्रण दिन्छ जुन तपाईँले कागजातमा लागू गर्नु भएको थियो. जब तपाईँले शैलीको क्रमाङ्कन ढाँचा परिवर्तन गर्नुभयो भने, सबै अनुच्छेदहरू शैली प्रयोग गरेर स्वत: अद्यावधिक हुन्छ."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149646\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item> icon."
msgstr "<emph>ढाँचा - शैलीहरू र ढाँचा</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , र  <emph>अनुच्छेद शैली </emph>प्रतिमाहरू क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149599\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "अनुच्छेद शैलीमा दायाँ-क्लिक गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ क्रमाङ्कनमा लागू गर्न चाहनु हुन्थ्यो, र <emph>परिमार्जन गर्नुहोस्</emph> रोज्नुहोस्."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr ""

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149874\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering Style</item> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use."
msgstr "<emph>क्रमाङ्कन शैलीहरू</emph> बाकसमा, क्रमाङ्कनको प्रकार चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन तपाईँ प्रयोग गर्न चाहनु हुन्थ्यो."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3145113\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149589\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr "अनुच्छेदहरूमा शैलीमा तपाईँ क्रमाङ्कनमा थप गर्न चाहेको शैली लागू गर्नुहोस् ."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Thesaurus"
msgstr "शब्दकोश"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>पर्यायकोष; सम्बन्धित शब्दहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पर्यायकोषमा सम्बन्धित शब्दहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पर्यायकोषमा हिज्जेहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>शब्दकोशहरू; पर्यायकोष</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>लेक्सिकोन, पर्यायकोष हेर्नुहोस्</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पर्यायकोषमा पर्याय शब्दहरू</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>खोजी गर्दैछ;पर्यायशब्दहरू</bookmark_value>"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">शब्दकोश</link></variable>"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3149820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms."
msgstr "तपाईँ पर्यायहरूका लागि शब्दकोश प्रयोग गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ, र सम्बन्धित शव्दहरू."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3155920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the word that you want to look up or replace."
msgstr "तपाईँले हेर्न चाहनु भएको शव्दमा क्लिक गर्नुहोस्."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3155867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - शब्दकोश</emph>रोज्नुहोस् , वा <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">आदेश </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7 थिच्नुहोस् ."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3149848\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the \"Replace with\" text box."
msgstr "<emph>अर्थ </emph> सूचीमा, परिभाषा चयन गर्नुहोस् जुन शव्दको सामाग्रीसँग मिल्दो छ."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3153136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up."
msgstr "<emph>पर्यायवाचि शव्द </emph>सूचीमा परिवर्तन गर्ने शव्द चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3149644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Replace</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3156263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँले बिभिन्न भाषा छायाकरण व्यक्तिगत शव्दहरूका लागि लागू गर्नु भयो भने, वा अनुच्छेदहरूमा, शब्दकोश लागू गरिएको भाषाका लागि प्रयोग हुन्छ."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3145113\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/\">Extensions</link> web page."
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3196263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word."
msgstr ""

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3154392\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">शब्दकोश</link>"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr "पाठ कागजातहरूका लागि शव्द पूर्णता"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148882\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN10751\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">पाठ कागजातहरूका लागि शव्द पूर्णता</link></variable>"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1076F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word."
msgstr "$[officename] शव्दहरू संकलन गर्दछ जुन तपाईँले लगातार हालको सत्रमा प्रयोग गर्नुभएको थियो. जब तपाईँले संकलन गरिएको शव्दको पहिलो तीन अक्षरहरू पछि टाइप गर्नुहुन्छ, $[officename] ले स्वत: शव्द समाप्त गर्दछ. यदि तपाईँ चाहनुहुन्छ भने, तपाईँ संकलन शव्दहरूको हालको सूची बचत गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ त्यसैले यो अर्को सत्रमा प्रयोग गर्न सकिन्छ."

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_id3149346\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab."
msgstr "स्वत:सुधार स्मृतिमा एक भन्दा बढी शव्द छ भने जुनले तीन अक्षरहरू जोडा मिलाउँदछ जुन तपाईँले टाइप गर्नुभयो,  उपलब्ध शव्दहरू मार्फत साइकल गर्न <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Tab</item>थिच्नुहोस् . उल्टो दिशामा घुम्नलाई, <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Shift+Tab</item>थिच्नुहोस् ."

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1078D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Accept/Reject a Word Completion"
msgstr "शव्द पूर्णता प्रयोग गर्दा"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN10794\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key."
msgstr "पूर्वनिर्धारित द्वारा, तपाईँले शव्द पूर्णता स्विकार गर्नुभयो प्रविष्टि कुञ्जी थिचेर."

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1079B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key."
msgstr "शव्द पूर्णता खारेज गर्न, अरू कुञ्जीद्वारा टाइपिङ गर्नुहोस्."

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1079E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Switch off the Word Completion"
msgstr "शव्द पूर्णता स्विच बन्द गर्दा"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN107A5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>."
msgstr "<emph>उपकरणहरू - स्वत: सुधार - शब्द समाप्ति</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN107AD\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> ."
msgstr "<emph>सक्षम शव्द पूर्णता</emph> खाली गर्नुहोस् ."

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_id7504806\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link>"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148882\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"hd_id4745017\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">पाठ कागजातहरूका लागि शव्द पूर्णता</link></variable>"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id4814294\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session."
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id2593462\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:"
msgstr ""

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107C6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert an Additional Space Character"
msgstr "थप खाली स्थान क्यारेक्टर घुसाउँदा"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B03\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Append space</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>खाली स्थान थप्नुहोस्</emph> चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B0E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character."
msgstr "स्वत:-शव्द सकिएपछि अर्को शव्दको तपाईँले पहिलो क्यारेक्टर टाइप गरेपछि खाली स्थान क्यारेक्टर सङलग्न हुन्छ. यदि अर्को क्यारेक्टर डेलिमिटर भएमा खाली स्थान क्यारेक्टर दमन गरिन्छ, जस्तै बिराम चिन्ह वा नयाँ पङ्क्ति क्यारेक्टर."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107CC\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define the Accept Key"
msgstr "स्वीकार कुञ्जी चयन"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box."
msgstr "सुझाव शव्द स्वीकार गर्न <emph>स्वीकार्नुहोस्</emph> सूची बाकस प्रयोग गरी कुञ्जी रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Select the Minimum Number of Characters"
msgstr "क्यारेक्टरहरूको सङ्ख्या चयन"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list."
msgstr "क्यारेक्टरहरूको न्यूनतम सङ्ख्या सेट गर्न <emph>न्यूनतम. शव्द लम्बाइ</emph> बाकस प्रयोग गर्नुहोस् जुनमा शव्द सँग सूचीमा सङ्कलित हुनुपर्दछ."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Select the Scope of Collected Words"
msgstr "संकलन शव्दहरूको क्षेत्र चयन"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B4C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>जब कागजात बन्द गरेको बेला, सूची बचत गर्नुहोस् अरू कागजातहरूमा पछि प्रयोग गर्नका लागि</emph> चयन गर्नुहोस् ."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted."
msgstr "अन्य कागजातहरूका लागि सूची वैध छ जुन तपाईँले खोल्नु भएको थियो. जब तपाईँले अन्तिम %PRODUCTNAME कागजात छनोट गर्नुहुन्छ, शव्द सूची मेटाइन्छ."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँले जाँचबाकस चयन गर्नु भएन भने, सूची मात्र वैध हुन्छ ज सम्म हालको कागजात खोल्दैन."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id2634968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँ शव्द सूची बन्द गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ हालको %PRODUCTNAME सत्र भन्दा लामो, कागजातको रूपमा बचत गर्नुहोस्, तलको सेक्सनमा बर्णनको रूपमा."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107DE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use the Word List for Further Sessions"
msgstr "शव्द सूची सँग कार्य गर्दा"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B94\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected."
msgstr "यदि स्वत हिज्जे परिक्षण विकल्प सक्रिय भयो भने, शव्दहरू मात्र जुन हिज्जे परिक्षणद्वारा निश्चित गरिएको थियो संकलन गरिन्छ."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BA1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature."
msgstr "प्राबिधिक टर्महरूको परिभाषित सेट सँग जहिले पनि सुरु गर्नका लागि शव्द सूची प्रयोग गर्नुहोस् शव्द पूर्णता सुविधाका लागि."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BA7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion."
msgstr "पाठ कागजात खोल्नुहोस् जसले नियमहरू समावेश गरेको छ जुन तपाईँ शव्द पूर्णताका लागि प्रयोग गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BAB\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The word completion feature collects the words."
msgstr "शव्द पूर्णता सुविधा शव्दहरू संलग्न गर्दछ."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107ED\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select all or some of the words in the list."
msgstr "सबै वा केही शव्दहरू सूचीमा चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107F4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words."
msgstr "क्लिपबोर्डमा सबै चयन शव्दहरू प्रतिलिपि गर्न Ctrl+C प्रयोग गर्नुहोस्. नयाँ कागजातमा क्लिपोर्ड टाँस्नुहोस् र संकलित शव्दहरूको सन्दर्भ सूची पाउन यसलाई बचत गर्नुहोस्."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BC6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words."
msgstr "पछि तपाईँ सन्दर्भ सूची खोल्न सक्नुहुन्छ र स्वत: शव्दहरू संकलन गर्नुहोस्, त्यसैले शव्द पूर्णता सुविधा शव्दहरूको परिभाषित सेट सँग सुरु हुन्छ."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10809\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">शव्द पूर्णता </link>"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id5458845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Using Word Completion</link>"
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Counting Words"
msgstr "शव्दहरू गणना गर्दा"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149686\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149686\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\">Counting Words</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\">शव्दहरू गणना गर्दा</link></variable>"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_idN105D1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Word and character count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit."
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_idN106D1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text."
msgstr "यदि तपाईँ कागजातको केही पाठ मात्र गणना गर्न चाहनुहुन्छ भने, पाठ चयन गर्नुहोस्."

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id3149821\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To display extended statistics such as count of characters without spaces, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>."
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"hd_id1116200901133957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?"
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id1116200901133998\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Dashes, tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too."
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id1116200901133985\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Words with always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each."
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id111620090113399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com."
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id111620090113400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a custom character to be considered as the word limit, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph> and add the character into the <emph>Additional separators</emph> field."
msgstr ""

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_idN106E2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>."
msgstr "कागजातको बारेमा केही बढी तथ्याङ्कहरू पाउनका लागि,<emph>फाइल - गुणहरू - तथ्याङ्कहरू</emph> रोज्नुहोस् ."

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id3147418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">File - Properties - Statistics</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">फाइल - गुणहरू - तथ्याङ्कहरू</link>"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Wrapping Text Around Objects"
msgstr "पाठ वस्तुहरू वरिपरि बेर्दा"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154486\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>वस्तुहरू वरिपरि पाठ बेर्नुहोस्</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>रूपरेखा सम्पादक</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>रूपरेखा बेर्नुहोस् </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>पाठ; वस्तु वरिपरि ढाँचा गर्दा</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ढाँचा; रूपरेखा बेर्नुहोस्</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>वस्तुहरू; रूपरेखा बेर्नुहोस्</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>बेरिएको पाठ;रूपरेखाहरू सम्पादन</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>सम्पादकहरू;रूपरेखा सम्पादक</bookmark_value>"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154486\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\">पाठ वस्तुहरू वरिपरि बेर्दा</link></variable>"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id4792321\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Wrap Text Around an Object"
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3149696\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr "वस्तु चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3155907\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab to choose the wrapping style that you want to apply."
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3155859\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet."
msgstr "हाल बेरिएको शैली गोलिचिन्हद्वारा बेरिएको हो ।"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149834\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Specify the Wrapping Properties"
msgstr "बेर्ने गुणहरू निर्देशित गर्दै"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3154079\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr "वस्तु चयन गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3153370\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the options that you want."
msgstr "तपाईँले चाहनु भएको विकल्प सेट गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3153386\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "<emph>ठीक छ</emph> क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154247\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic"
msgstr "ग्राफिकको बेराइ रूपरेखा परिवर्तन गर्न:"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change the shape that the text wraps around."
msgstr "वरिपरि बेर्ने पाठको आकारलाई तपाईँ परिवर्तन गर्न सक्नुहुन्छ ।"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3154860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>."
msgstr "ग्राफिक चयन गर्नुहोस्, दायाँ क्लिक, र <emph>बेर्नुहोस् - सम्पादन रूपरेखा</emph>रोज्नुहोस् ।"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3150231\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply</item> icon (green check mark)."
msgstr "नयाँ रूपरेखा कोर्नका लागि उपकरणहरू प्रयोग गर्नुहोस्, र <emph>लागू गर्नुहोस् </emph>प्रतिमा (हरियो जाँच चिन्ह)क्लिक गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3150947\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Contour Editor</item> window."
msgstr "<emph>रूपरेखा सम्पादक </emph>सञ्झ्याल बन्द गर्नुहोस् ।"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3150520\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Contour Editor</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">रूपरेखा सम्पादक</link>"